openkylin
/
wget
4
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Import Upstream version 1.20.3

This commit is contained in:
openKylinBot 2022-05-14 03:18:11 +08:00
commit c0a4694faf
1092 changed files with 482215 additions and 0 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

1
.tarball-version Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
1.20.3

1
.version Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
1.20.3

1068
ABOUT-NLS Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

58
AUTHORS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
Authors of GNU Wget.
[ Note that this file does not attempt to list all the contributors to
Wget; look at the ChangeLogs for that. This is a list of people who
contributed sizeable amounts of code and assigned the copyright to
the FSF. ]
Hrvoje Niksic. Designed and implemented Wget.
Gordon Matzigkeit. Wrote netrc.c and netrc.h.
Darko Budor. Wrote initial support for Windows, wrote wsstartup.c,
wsstartup.h and windecl.h. (The files were later renamed, but his
code and ideas remained present.)
Junio Hamano. Added support for FTP Opie and HTTP digest
authentication.
Dan Harkless. Added --backup-converted, --follow-tags, --html-extension,
--ignore-tags, and --page-requisites; improved documentation; etc. Was
the principle maintainer of GNU Wget for some time.
Christian Fraenkel. Initially implemented SSL support.
Thomas Lussnig. Initially implemented IPv6 support.
Ian Abbott. Contributed bugfixes, Windows-related fixes, provided a
prototype implementation of the new recursive code, and more.
Co-maintained Wget during the 1.8 release cycle.
Gisle Vanem. Contributed Windows and MS-DOS improvements, including a
port of run_with_timeout to Windows, additions to Makefiles, and many
bug reports and fixes.
Mauro Tortonesi. Improved IPv6 support, adding support for dual
family systems. Refactored and enhanced FTP IPv6 code. Maintained GNU
Wget from 2004-2007.
Nicolas Schodet. Contributed to cookie code and documentation.
Daniel Stenberg. NTLM authentication in http-ntlm.c and http-ntlm.h
originally written for curl donated for use in GNU Wget.
Micah Cowan. Maintained Wget from mid-2007 to mid-2010.
Ralf Wildenhues. Contributed patches to convert Wget to use Automake as
part of its build process, and various bugfixes.
Steven Schubiger. Many helpful patches, bugfixes and improvements.
Notably, conversion of Wget to use the Gnulib quotes and quoteargs
modules, and the addition of password prompts at the console, via the
Gnulib getpasswd-gnu module.
Ted Mielczarek. Support for parsing links from CSS.
Saint Xavier. Support for IRIs (RFC 3987).
Giuseppe Scrivano. Added support for HTTP/1.1. Current Wget maintainer.

674
COPYING Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <https://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

26324
ChangeLog Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

127
GNUmakefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
# Having a separate GNUmakefile lets me 'include' the dynamically
# generated rules created via cfg.mk (package-local configuration)
# as well as maint.mk (generic maintainer rules).
# This makefile is used only if you run GNU Make.
# It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
# only to the maintainer.
# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2006-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# If the user runs GNU make but has not yet run ./configure,
# give them a diagnostic.
_gl-Makefile := $(wildcard [M]akefile)
ifneq ($(_gl-Makefile),)
# Make tar archive easier to reproduce.
export TAR_OPTIONS = --owner=0 --group=0 --numeric-owner
# Allow the user to add to this in the Makefile.
ALL_RECURSIVE_TARGETS =
include Makefile
# Some projects override e.g., _autoreconf here.
-include $(srcdir)/cfg.mk
# Allow cfg.mk to override these.
_build-aux ?= build-aux
_autoreconf ?= autoreconf -v
include $(srcdir)/maint.mk
# Ensure that $(VERSION) is up to date for dist-related targets, but not
# for others: rerunning autoreconf and recompiling everything isn't cheap.
_have-git-version-gen := \
$(shell test -f $(srcdir)/$(_build-aux)/git-version-gen && echo yes)
ifeq ($(_have-git-version-gen)0,yes$(MAKELEVEL))
_is-dist-target ?= $(filter-out %clean, \
$(filter maintainer-% dist% alpha beta stable,$(MAKECMDGOALS)))
_is-install-target ?= $(filter-out %check, $(filter install%,$(MAKECMDGOALS)))
ifneq (,$(_is-dist-target)$(_is-install-target))
_curr-ver := $(shell cd $(srcdir) \
&& $(_build-aux)/git-version-gen \
.tarball-version \
$(git-version-gen-tag-sed-script))
ifneq ($(_curr-ver),$(VERSION))
ifeq ($(_curr-ver),UNKNOWN)
$(info WARNING: unable to verify if $(VERSION) is the correct version)
else
ifneq (,$(_is-install-target))
# GNU Coding Standards state that 'make install' should not cause
# recompilation after 'make all'. But as long as changing the version
# string alters config.h, the cost of having 'make all' always have an
# up-to-date version is prohibitive. So, as a compromise, we merely
# warn when installing a version string that is out of date; the user
# should run 'autoreconf' (or something like 'make distcheck') to
# fix the version, 'make all' to propagate it, then 'make install'.
$(info WARNING: version string $(VERSION) is out of date;)
$(info run '$(MAKE) _version' to fix it)
else
$(info INFO: running autoreconf for new version string: $(_curr-ver))
GNUmakefile: _version
touch GNUmakefile
endif
endif
endif
endif
endif
.PHONY: _version
_version:
cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf autom4te.cache .version && $(_autoreconf)
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) Makefile
else
.DEFAULT_GOAL := abort-due-to-no-makefile
srcdir = .
# The package can override .DEFAULT_GOAL to run actions like autoreconf.
-include ./cfg.mk
# Allow cfg.mk to override these.
_build-aux ?= build-aux
_autoreconf ?= autoreconf -v
include ./maint.mk
ifeq ($(.DEFAULT_GOAL),abort-due-to-no-makefile)
$(MAKECMDGOALS): abort-due-to-no-makefile
endif
abort-due-to-no-makefile:
@echo There seems to be no Makefile in this directory. 1>&2
@echo "You must run ./configure before running 'make'." 1>&2
@exit 1
endif
# Tell version 3.79 and up of GNU make to not build goals in this
# directory in parallel, in case someone tries to build multiple
# targets, and one of them can cause a recursive target to be invoked.
# Only set this if Automake doesn't provide it.
AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS ?= $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
dist distcheck tags ctags
ALL_RECURSIVE_TARGETS += $(AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS)
ifneq ($(word 2, $(MAKECMDGOALS)), )
ifneq ($(filter $(ALL_RECURSIVE_TARGETS), $(MAKECMDGOALS)), )
.NOTPARALLEL:
endif
endif

368
INSTALL Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
Installation Instructions
*************************
Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2016 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is,
without warranty of any kind.
Basic Installation
==================
Briefly, the shell command './configure && make && make install'
should configure, build, and install this package. The following
more-detailed instructions are generic; see the 'README' file for
instructions specific to this package. Some packages provide this
'INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
below. The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not
necessarily a bug. More recommendations for GNU packages can be found
in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions.
The 'configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
those values to create a 'Makefile' in each directory of the package.
It may also create one or more '.h' files containing system-dependent
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script 'config.status' that
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
file 'config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
debugging 'configure').
It can also use an optional file (typically called 'config.cache' and
enabled with '--cache-file=config.cache' or simply '-C') that saves the
results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is disabled by
default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale cache files.
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
to figure out how 'configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
diffs or instructions to the address given in the 'README' so they can
be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
some point 'config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
may remove or edit it.
The file 'configure.ac' (or 'configure.in') is used to create
'configure' by a program called 'autoconf'. You need 'configure.ac' if
you want to change it or regenerate 'configure' using a newer version of
'autoconf'.
The simplest way to compile this package is:
1. 'cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
'./configure' to configure the package for your system.
Running 'configure' might take a while. While running, it prints
some messages telling which features it is checking for.
2. Type 'make' to compile the package.
3. Optionally, type 'make check' to run any self-tests that come with
the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries.
4. Type 'make install' to install the programs and any data files and
documentation. When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is
recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular
user, and only the 'make install' phase executed with root
privileges.
5. Optionally, type 'make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
this time using the binaries in their final installed location.
This target does not install anything. Running this target as a
regular user, particularly if the prior 'make install' required
root privileges, verifies that the installation completed
correctly.
6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
source code directory by typing 'make clean'. To also remove the
files that 'configure' created (so you can compile the package for
a different kind of computer), type 'make distclean'. There is
also a 'make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
with the distribution.
7. Often, you can also type 'make uninstall' to remove the installed
files again. In practice, not all packages have tested that
uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the
GNU Coding Standards.
8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide 'make
distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other
targets like 'make install' and 'make uninstall' work correctly.
This target is generally not run by end users.
Compilers and Options
=====================
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
the 'configure' script does not know about. Run './configure --help'
for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
You can give 'configure' initial values for configuration parameters
by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here is
an example:
./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
*Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
====================================
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
own directory. To do this, you can use GNU 'make'. 'cd' to the
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
the 'configure' script. 'configure' automatically checks for the source
code in the directory that 'configure' is in and in '..'. This is known
as a "VPATH" build.
With a non-GNU 'make', it is safer to compile the package for one
architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
installed the package for one architecture, use 'make distclean' before
reconfiguring for another architecture.
On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple '-arch' options to the
compiler but only a single '-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like
this:
./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
using the 'lipo' tool if you have problems.
Installation Names
==================
By default, 'make install' installs the package's commands under
'/usr/local/bin', include files under '/usr/local/include', etc. You
can specify an installation prefix other than '/usr/local' by giving
'configure' the option '--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
absolute file name.
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
pass the option '--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to 'configure', the package uses
PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
options like '--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
kinds of files. Run 'configure --help' for a list of the directories
you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the default
for these options is expressed in terms of '${prefix}', so that
specifying just '--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
specifications that were not explicitly provided.
The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
correct locations to 'configure'; however, many packages provide one or
both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the
'make install' command line to change installation locations without
having to reconfigure or recompile.
The first method involves providing an override variable for each
affected directory. For example, 'make install
prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all
directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
'${prefix}'. Any directories that were specified during 'configure',
but not in terms of '${prefix}', must each be overridden at install time
for the entire installation to be relocated. The approach of makefile
variable overrides for each directory variable is required by the GNU
Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation. However, some
platforms have known limitations with the semantics of shared libraries
that end up requiring recompilation when using this method, particularly
noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
The second method involves providing the 'DESTDIR' variable. For
example, 'make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
'/alternate/directory' before all installation names. The approach of
'DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
does not work on platforms that have drive letters. On the other hand,
it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even
when some directory options were not specified in terms of '${prefix}'
at 'configure' time.
Optional Features
=================
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving 'configure' the
option '--program-prefix=PREFIX' or '--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
Some packages pay attention to '--enable-FEATURE' options to
'configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
They may also pay attention to '--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
is something like 'gnu-as' or 'x' (for the X Window System). The
'README' should mention any '--enable-' and '--with-' options that the
package recognizes.
For packages that use the X Window System, 'configure' can usually
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
you can use the 'configure' options '--x-includes=DIR' and
'--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the
execution of 'make' will be. For these packages, running './configure
--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be
overridden with 'make V=1'; while running './configure
--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be
overridden with 'make V=0'.
Particular systems
==================
On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU CC
is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
order to use an ANSI C compiler:
./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
HP-UX 'make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as their
prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped generated
files such as 'configure' are involved. Use GNU 'make' instead.
On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
parse its '<wchar.h>' header file. The option '-nodtk' can be used as a
workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended to
try
./configure CC="cc"
and if that doesn't work, try
./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
On Solaris, don't put '/usr/ucb' early in your 'PATH'. This
directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
these programs are available in '/usr/bin'. So, if you need '/usr/ucb'
in your 'PATH', put it _after_ '/usr/bin'.
On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in '/boot/common',
not '/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options:
./configure --prefix=/boot/common
Specifying the System Type
==========================
There may be some features 'configure' cannot figure out
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
_same_ architectures, 'configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
'--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as 'sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
OS
KERNEL-OS
See the file 'config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
'config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
need to know the machine type.
If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
use the option '--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
produce code for.
If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
eventually be run) with '--host=TYPE'.
Sharing Defaults
================
If you want to set default values for 'configure' scripts to share,
you can create a site shell script called 'config.site' that gives
default values for variables like 'CC', 'cache_file', and 'prefix'.
'configure' looks for 'PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
'PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
'CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
A warning: not all 'configure' scripts look for a site script.
Defining Variables
==================
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
environment passed to 'configure'. However, some packages may run
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
them in the 'configure' command line, using 'VAR=value'. For example:
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
causes the specified 'gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
overridden in the site shell script).
Unfortunately, this technique does not work for 'CONFIG_SHELL' due to an
Autoconf limitation. Until the limitation is lifted, you can use this
workaround:
CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
'configure' Invocation
======================
'configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
operates.
'--help'
'-h'
Print a summary of all of the options to 'configure', and exit.
'--help=short'
'--help=recursive'
Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
'configure', and exit. The 'short' variant lists options used only
in the top level, while the 'recursive' variant lists options also
present in any nested packages.
'--version'
'-V'
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the 'configure'
script, and exit.
'--cache-file=FILE'
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
traditionally 'config.cache'. FILE defaults to '/dev/null' to
disable caching.
'--config-cache'
'-C'
Alias for '--cache-file=config.cache'.
'--quiet'
'--silent'
'-q'
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
suppress all normal output, redirect it to '/dev/null' (any error
messages will still be shown).
'--srcdir=DIR'
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
'configure' can determine that directory automatically.
'--prefix=DIR'
Use DIR as the installation prefix. *note Installation Names:: for
more details, including other options available for fine-tuning the
installation locations.
'--no-create'
'-n'
Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
files.
'configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
'configure --help' for more details.

30
MAILING-LIST Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
Mailing Lists
=============
Primary List
------------
The primary mailinglist for discussion, bug-reports, or questions about
GNU Wget is at <bug-wget@gnu.org>. To subscribe, send an email to
<bug-wget-join@gnu.org>, or visit
`https://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/bug-wget'.
You do not need to subscribe to send a message to the list; however,
please note that unsubscribed messages are moderated, and may take a
while before they hit the list--*usually around a day*. If you want
your message to show up immediately, please subscribe to the list
before posting. Archives for the list may be found at
`https://lists.gnu.org/pipermail/bug-wget/'.
Obsolete Lists
--------------
Previously, the mailing list <wget@sunsite.dk> was used as the main
discussion list, and another list, <wget-patches@sunsite.dk> was used
for submitting and discussing patches to GNU Wget.
Messages from <wget@sunsite.dk> are archived at
`https://www.mail-archive.com/wget%40sunsite.dk/' and at
Messages from <wget-patches@sunsite.dk> are archived at
`https://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.web.wget.patches'.

82
Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
# Makefile for `Wget' utility
# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2006-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Additional permission under GNU GPL version 3 section 7
# If you modify this program, or any covered work, by linking or
# combining it with the OpenSSL project's OpenSSL library (or a
# modified version of that library), containing parts covered by the
# terms of the OpenSSL or SSLeay licenses, the Free Software Foundation
# grants you additional permission to convey the resulting work.
# Corresponding Source for a non-source form of such a combination
# shall include the source code for the parts of OpenSSL used as well
# as that of the covered work.
#
# Version: @VERSION@
#
# We can't help that installing wget.info leaves /usr/share/info/dir
# around, and we need to prevent uninstallation of the possibly
# previously-existing /etc/wgetrc.
distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f | \
grep -Ev '(/share/info/dir|/etc/wgetrc)$$'
# Search for macros in the m4 subdirectory:
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
# subdirectories in the distribution
SUBDIRS = lib src doc po util fuzz tests testenv
EXTRA_DIST = MAILING-LIST \
msdos/config.h msdos/Makefile.DJ \
msdos/Makefile.WC ABOUT-NLS \
build-aux/build_info.pl build-aux/git-version-gen .version
CLEANFILES = *~ *.bak $(DISTNAME).tar.gz
DISTCLEANFILES = po/stamp-po
BUILT_SOURCES = .version
clean-generic:
rm -f install-info
.version:
echo $(VERSION) > $@-t && mv $@-t $@
# Arrange so that .tarball-version appears only in the distribution
# tarball, and never in a checked-out repository.
dist-hook: gen-ChangeLog
$(AM_V_GEN)echo $(VERSION) > $(distdir)/.tarball-version
gen_start_date = 2014-12-10
.PHONY: gen-ChangeLog
gen-ChangeLog:
$(AM_V_GEN)if test -d .git; then \
log_fix="$(srcdir)/build-aux/git-log-fix"; \
test -e "$$log_fix" \
|| amend_git_log=; \
$(top_srcdir)/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog \
$$amend_git_log --since=$(gen_start_date) > $(distdir)/cl-t && \
echo >> $(distdir)/cl-t && \
cat ChangeLog-2014-12-10 >> $(distdir)/cl-t && \
{ rm -f $(distdir)/ChangeLog && \
mv $(distdir)/cl-t $(distdir)/ChangeLog; } \
fi
check-valgrind:
TESTS_ENVIRONMENT="VALGRIND_TESTS=1" $(MAKE) check

1980
Makefile.in Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1142
NEWS Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

90
README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
-*- text -*-
GNU Wget
========
Current Web home: https://www.gnu.org/software/wget/
GNU Wget is a free utility for non-interactive download of files from
the Web. It supports HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP protocols, as well as
retrieval through HTTP proxies.
It can follow links in HTML pages and create local versions of remote
web sites, fully recreating the directory structure of the original
site. This is sometimes referred to as "recursive downloading."
While doing that, Wget respects the Robot Exclusion Standard
(/robots.txt). Wget can be instructed to convert the links in
downloaded HTML files to the local files for offline viewing.
Recursive downloading also works with FTP, where Wget can retrieves a
hierarchy of directories and files.
With both HTTP and FTP, Wget can check whether a remote file has
changed on the server since the previous run, and only download the
newer files.
Wget has been designed for robustness over slow or unstable network
connections; if a download fails due to a network problem, it will
keep retrying until the whole file has been retrieved. If the server
supports regetting, it will instruct the server to continue the
download from where it left off.
If you are behind a firewall that requires the use of a socks style
gateway, you can get the socks library and compile wget with support
for socks.
Most of the features are configurable, either through command-line
options, or via initialization file .wgetrc. Wget allows you to
install a global startup file (/usr/local/etc/wgetrc by default) for
site settings.
Wget works under almost all Unix variants in use today and, unlike
many of its historical predecessors, is written entirely in C, thus
requiring no additional software, such as Perl. The external software
it does work with, such as OpenSSL, is optional. As Wget uses the GNU
Autoconf, it is easily built on and ported to new Unix-like systems.
The installation procedure is described in the INSTALL file.
As with other GNU software, the latest version of Wget can be found at
the master GNU archive site ftp.gnu.org, and its mirrors. Wget
resides at <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/wget/>.
Please report bugs in Wget to <bug-wget@gnu.org>.
See the file `MAILING-LIST' for information about Wget mailing lists.
Wget's home page is at <https://www.gnu.org/software/wget/>.
If you would like to contribute code for Wget, please read
https://wget.addictivecode.org/PatchGuidelines.
Wget was originally written and mainained by Hrvoje Niksic. Please see
the file AUTHORS for a list of major contributors, and the ChangeLogs
for a detailed listing of all contributions.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004
2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301
USA.
Additional permission under GNU GPL version 3 section 7
If you modify this program, or any covered work, by linking or
combining it with the OpenSSL project's OpenSSL library (or a
modified version of that library), containing parts covered by the
terms of the OpenSSL or SSLeay licenses, the Free Software Foundation
grants you additional permission to convey the resulting work.
Corresponding Source for a non-source form of such a combination
shall include the source code for the parts of OpenSSL used as well
as that of the covered work.

2298
aclocal.m4 vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

557
build-aux/announce-gen Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,557 @@
eval '(exit $?0)' && eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" "$@"'
& eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" $argv:q'
if 0;
# Generate a release announcement message.
my $VERSION = '2018-03-07 03:46'; # UTC
# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
# Copyright (C) 2002-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Written by Jim Meyering
use strict;
use Getopt::Long;
use POSIX qw(strftime);
(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
my %valid_release_types = map {$_ => 1} qw (alpha beta stable);
my @archive_suffixes = ('tar.gz', 'tar.bz2', 'tar.lzma', 'tar.xz');
my %digest_classes =
(
'md5' => (eval { require Digest::MD5; } and 'Digest::MD5'),
'sha1' => ((eval { require Digest::SHA; } and 'Digest::SHA')
or (eval { require Digest::SHA1; } and 'Digest::SHA1'))
);
my $srcdir = '.';
sub usage ($)
{
my ($exit_code) = @_;
my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
if ($exit_code != 0)
{
print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
}
else
{
my @types = sort keys %valid_release_types;
print $STREAM <<EOF;
Usage: $ME [OPTIONS]
Generate an announcement message. Run this from builddir.
OPTIONS:
These options must be specified:
--release-type=TYPE TYPE must be one of @types
--package-name=PACKAGE_NAME
--previous-version=VER
--current-version=VER
--gpg-key-id=ID The GnuPG ID of the key used to sign the tarballs
--url-directory=URL_DIR
The following are optional:
--news=NEWS_FILE include the NEWS section about this release
from this NEWS_FILE; accumulates.
--srcdir=DIR where to find the NEWS_FILEs (default: $srcdir)
--bootstrap-tools=TOOL_LIST a comma-separated list of tools, e.g.,
autoconf,automake,bison,gnulib
--gnulib-version=VERSION report VERSION as the gnulib version, where
VERSION is the result of running git describe
in the gnulib source directory.
required if gnulib is in TOOL_LIST.
--no-print-checksums do not emit MD5 or SHA1 checksums
--archive-suffix=SUF add SUF to the list of archive suffixes
--mail-headers=HEADERS a space-separated list of mail headers, e.g.,
To: x\@example.com Cc: y-announce\@example.com,...
--help display this help and exit
--version output version information and exit
EOF
}
exit $exit_code;
}
=item C<%size> = C<sizes (@file)>
Compute the sizes of the C<@file> and return them as a hash. Return
C<undef> if one of the computation failed.
=cut
sub sizes (@)
{
my (@file) = @_;
my $fail = 0;
my %res;
foreach my $f (@file)
{
my $cmd = "du -h $f";
my $t = `$cmd`;
# FIXME-someday: give a better diagnostic, a la $PROCESS_STATUS
$@
and (warn "command failed: '$cmd'\n"), $fail = 1;
chomp $t;
$t =~ s/^\s*([\d.]+[MkK]).*/${1}B/;
$res{$f} = $t;
}
return $fail ? undef : %res;
}
=item C<print_locations ($title, \@url, \%size, @file)
Print a section C<$title> dedicated to the list of <@file>, which
sizes are stored in C<%size>, and which are available from the C<@url>.
=cut
sub print_locations ($\@\%@)
{
my ($title, $url, $size, @file) = @_;
print "Here are the $title:\n";
foreach my $url (@{$url})
{
for my $file (@file)
{
print " $url/$file";
print " (", $$size{$file}, ")"
if exists $$size{$file};
print "\n";
}
}
print "\n";
}
=item C<print_checksums (@file)
Print the MD5 and SHA1 signature section for each C<@file>.
=cut
sub print_checksums (@)
{
my (@file) = @_;
print "Here are the MD5 and SHA1 checksums:\n";
print "\n";
foreach my $meth (qw (md5 sha1))
{
my $class = $digest_classes{$meth} or next;
foreach my $f (@file)
{
open IN, '<', $f
or die "$ME: $f: cannot open for reading: $!\n";
binmode IN;
my $dig = $class->new->addfile(*IN)->hexdigest;
close IN;
print "$dig $f\n";
}
}
print "\n";
}
=item C<print_news_deltas ($news_file, $prev_version, $curr_version)
Print the section of the NEWS file C<$news_file> addressing changes
between versions C<$prev_version> and C<$curr_version>.
=cut
sub print_news_deltas ($$$)
{
my ($news_file, $prev_version, $curr_version) = @_;
my $news_name = $news_file;
$news_name =~ s|^\Q$srcdir\E/||;
print "\n$news_name\n\n";
# Print all lines from $news_file, starting with the first one
# that mentions $curr_version up to but not including
# the first occurrence of $prev_version.
my $in_items;
my $re_prefix = qr/(?:\* )?(?:Noteworthy c|Major c|C)(?i:hanges)/;
my $found_news;
open NEWS, '<', $news_file
or die "$ME: $news_file: cannot open for reading: $!\n";
while (defined (my $line = <NEWS>))
{
if ( ! $in_items)
{
# Match lines like these:
# * Major changes in release 5.0.1:
# * Noteworthy changes in release 6.6 (2006-11-22) [stable]
$line =~ /^$re_prefix.*(?:[^\d.]|$)\Q$curr_version\E(?:[^\d.]|$)/o
or next;
$in_items = 1;
print $line;
}
else
{
# This regexp must not match version numbers in NEWS items.
# For example, they might well say "introduced in 4.5.5",
# and we don't want that to match.
$line =~ /^$re_prefix.*(?:[^\d.]|$)\Q$prev_version\E(?:[^\d.]|$)/o
and last;
print $line;
$line =~ /\S/
and $found_news = 1;
}
}
close NEWS;
$in_items
or die "$ME: $news_file: no matching lines for '$curr_version'\n";
$found_news
or die "$ME: $news_file: no news item found for '$curr_version'\n";
}
sub print_changelog_deltas ($$)
{
my ($package_name, $prev_version) = @_;
# Print new ChangeLog entries.
# First find all CVS-controlled ChangeLog files.
use File::Find;
my @changelog;
find ({wanted => sub {$_ eq 'ChangeLog' && -d 'CVS'
and push @changelog, $File::Find::name}},
'.');
# If there are no ChangeLog files, we're done.
@changelog
or return;
my %changelog = map {$_ => 1} @changelog;
# Reorder the list of files so that if there are ChangeLog
# files in the specified directories, they're listed first,
# in this order:
my @dir = qw ( . src lib m4 config doc );
# A typical @changelog array might look like this:
# ./ChangeLog
# ./po/ChangeLog
# ./m4/ChangeLog
# ./lib/ChangeLog
# ./doc/ChangeLog
# ./config/ChangeLog
my @reordered;
foreach my $d (@dir)
{
my $dot_slash = $d eq '.' ? $d : "./$d";
my $target = "$dot_slash/ChangeLog";
delete $changelog{$target}
and push @reordered, $target;
}
# Append any remaining ChangeLog files.
push @reordered, sort keys %changelog;
# Remove leading './'.
@reordered = map { s!^\./!!; $_ } @reordered;
print "\nChangeLog entries:\n\n";
# print join ("\n", @reordered), "\n";
$prev_version =~ s/\./_/g;
my $prev_cvs_tag = "\U$package_name\E-$prev_version";
my $cmd = "cvs -n diff -u -r$prev_cvs_tag -rHEAD @reordered";
open DIFF, '-|', $cmd
or die "$ME: cannot run '$cmd': $!\n";
# Print two types of lines, making minor changes:
# Lines starting with '+++ ', e.g.,
# +++ ChangeLog 22 Feb 2003 16:52:51 -0000 1.247
# and those starting with '+'.
# Don't print the others.
my $prev_printed_line_empty = 1;
while (defined (my $line = <DIFF>))
{
if ($line =~ /^\+\+\+ /)
{
my $separator = "*"x70 ."\n";
$line =~ s///;
$line =~ s/\s.*//;
$prev_printed_line_empty
or print "\n";
print $separator, $line, $separator;
}
elsif ($line =~ /^\+/)
{
$line =~ s///;
print $line;
$prev_printed_line_empty = ($line =~ /^$/);
}
}
close DIFF;
# The exit code should be 1.
# Allow in case there are no modified ChangeLog entries.
$? == 256 || $? == 128
or warn "warning: '$cmd' had unexpected exit code or signal ($?)\n";
}
sub get_tool_versions ($$)
{
my ($tool_list, $gnulib_version) = @_;
@$tool_list
or return ();
my $fail;
my @tool_version_pair;
foreach my $t (@$tool_list)
{
if ($t eq 'gnulib')
{
push @tool_version_pair, ucfirst $t . ' ' . $gnulib_version;
next;
}
# Assume that the last "word" on the first line of
# 'tool --version' output is the version string.
my ($first_line, undef) = split ("\n", `$t --version`);
if ($first_line =~ /.* (\d[\w.-]+)$/)
{
$t = ucfirst $t;
push @tool_version_pair, "$t $1";
}
else
{
defined $first_line
and $first_line = '';
warn "$t: unexpected --version output\n:$first_line";
$fail = 1;
}
}
$fail
and exit 1;
return @tool_version_pair;
}
{
# Neutralize the locale, so that, for instance, "du" does not
# issue "1,2" instead of "1.2", what confuses our regexps.
$ENV{LC_ALL} = "C";
my $mail_headers;
my $release_type;
my $package_name;
my $prev_version;
my $curr_version;
my $gpg_key_id;
my @url_dir_list;
my @news_file;
my $bootstrap_tools;
my $gnulib_version;
my $print_checksums_p = 1;
# Reformat the warnings before displaying them.
local $SIG{__WARN__} = sub
{
my ($msg) = @_;
# Warnings from GetOptions.
$msg =~ s/Option (\w)/option --$1/;
warn "$ME: $msg";
};
GetOptions
(
'mail-headers=s' => \$mail_headers,
'release-type=s' => \$release_type,
'package-name=s' => \$package_name,
'previous-version=s' => \$prev_version,
'current-version=s' => \$curr_version,
'gpg-key-id=s' => \$gpg_key_id,
'url-directory=s' => \@url_dir_list,
'news=s' => \@news_file,
'srcdir=s' => \$srcdir,
'bootstrap-tools=s' => \$bootstrap_tools,
'gnulib-version=s' => \$gnulib_version,
'print-checksums!' => \$print_checksums_p,
'archive-suffix=s' => \@archive_suffixes,
help => sub { usage 0 },
version => sub { print "$ME version $VERSION\n"; exit },
) or usage 1;
my $fail = 0;
# Ensure that each required option is specified.
$release_type
or (warn "release type not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
$package_name
or (warn "package name not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
$prev_version
or (warn "previous version string not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
$curr_version
or (warn "current version string not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
$gpg_key_id
or (warn "GnuPG key ID not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
@url_dir_list
or (warn "URL directory name(s) not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
my @tool_list = split ',', $bootstrap_tools
if $bootstrap_tools;
grep (/^gnulib$/, @tool_list) ^ defined $gnulib_version
and (warn "when specifying gnulib as a tool, you must also specify\n"
. "--gnulib-version=V, where V is the result of running git describe\n"
. "in the gnulib source directory.\n"), $fail = 1;
!$release_type || exists $valid_release_types{$release_type}
or (warn "'$release_type': invalid release type\n"), $fail = 1;
@ARGV
and (warn "too many arguments:\n", join ("\n", @ARGV), "\n"),
$fail = 1;
$fail
and usage 1;
my $my_distdir = "$package_name-$curr_version";
my $xd = "$package_name-$prev_version-$curr_version.xdelta";
my @candidates = map { "$my_distdir.$_" } @archive_suffixes;
my @tarballs = grep {-f $_} @candidates;
@tarballs
or die "$ME: none of " . join(', ', @candidates) . " were found\n";
my @sizable = @tarballs;
-f $xd
and push @sizable, $xd;
my %size = sizes (@sizable);
%size
or exit 1;
my $headers = '';
if (defined $mail_headers)
{
($headers = $mail_headers) =~ s/\s+(\S+:)/\n$1/g;
$headers .= "\n";
}
# The markup is escaped as <\# so that when this script is sent by
# mail (or part of a diff), Gnus is not triggered.
print <<EOF;
${headers}Subject: $my_distdir released [$release_type]
<\#secure method=pgpmime mode=sign>
FIXME: put comments here
EOF
if (@url_dir_list == 1 && @tarballs == 1)
{
# When there's only one tarball and one URL, use a more concise form.
my $m = "$url_dir_list[0]/$tarballs[0]";
print "Here are the compressed sources and a GPG detached signature[*]:\n"
. " $m\n"
. " $m.sig\n\n";
}
else
{
print_locations ("compressed sources", @url_dir_list, %size, @tarballs);
-f $xd
and print_locations ("xdelta diffs (useful? if so, "
. "please tell bug-gnulib\@gnu.org)",
@url_dir_list, %size, $xd);
my @sig_files = map { "$_.sig" } @tarballs;
print_locations ("GPG detached signatures[*]", @url_dir_list, %size,
@sig_files);
}
if ($url_dir_list[0] =~ "gnu\.org")
{
print "Use a mirror for higher download bandwidth:\n";
if (@tarballs == 1 && $url_dir_list[0] =~ m!https://ftp\.gnu\.org/gnu/!)
{
(my $m = "$url_dir_list[0]/$tarballs[0]")
=~ s!https://ftp\.gnu\.org/gnu/!https://ftpmirror\.gnu\.org/!;
print " $m\n"
. " $m.sig\n\n";
}
else
{
print " https://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html\n\n";
}
}
$print_checksums_p
and print_checksums (@sizable);
print <<EOF;
[*] Use a .sig file to verify that the corresponding file (without the
.sig suffix) is intact. First, be sure to download both the .sig file
and the corresponding tarball. Then, run a command like this:
gpg --verify $tarballs[0].sig
If that command fails because you don't have the required public key,
then run this command to import it:
gpg --keyserver keys.gnupg.net --recv-keys $gpg_key_id
and rerun the 'gpg --verify' command.
EOF
my @tool_versions = get_tool_versions (\@tool_list, $gnulib_version);
@tool_versions
and print "\nThis release was bootstrapped with the following tools:",
join ('', map {"\n $_"} @tool_versions), "\n";
print_news_deltas ($_, $prev_version, $curr_version)
foreach @news_file;
$release_type eq 'stable'
or print_changelog_deltas ($package_name, $prev_version);
exit 0;
}
### Setup "GNU" style for perl-mode and cperl-mode.
## Local Variables:
## mode: perl
## perl-indent-level: 2
## perl-continued-statement-offset: 2
## perl-continued-brace-offset: 0
## perl-brace-offset: 0
## perl-brace-imaginary-offset: 0
## perl-label-offset: -2
## perl-extra-newline-before-brace: t
## perl-merge-trailing-else: nil
## eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
## time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
## time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
## time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
## time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
## End:

140
build-aux/build_info.pl Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
#!/usr/bin/env perl
# Generate build_info.c.
# Copyright (C) 2009-2011, 2018-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
use strict;
use warnings;
use Carp qw(croak);
my $file = shift @ARGV;
{
my $data = parse_config();
output_code($data);
}
sub parse_config
{
my $features = [];
my $choice_key;
my $choice = [];
my $list = $features;
open(my $fh, '<', "$file.in") or die "Cannot open $file.in: $!";
while (<$fh>) {
next if /^\s*$/;
if ($list eq $choice) {
unless (s/^\s+//) {
$list = $features;
push @$features, [$choice_key, $choice];
$choice = [];
undef $choice_key;
}
} elsif (/^([A-Za-z0-9_-]+) \s+ choice:\s*$/x) {
$choice_key = $1;
$list = $choice;
next;
}
if (/^([A-Za-z0-9_-]+) \s+ (.*)$/x) {
push @$list, [$1, $2];
} else {
croak "Can't parse line: $_";
}
}
if ($list eq $choice) {
push @$features, [$choice_key, $choice];
}
close($fh);
return $features;
}
sub output_code
{
my $features = shift;
open(my $fh, '>', "$file") or die "Cannot open $file: $!";
print $fh do { local $/; <DATA> }, "\n";
print $fh <<EOC;
const char *compiled_features[] =
{
EOC
foreach my $feature (sort { $a->[0] cmp $b->[0] } @$features) {
my ($name, $check) = @$feature;
if (ref $check eq 'ARRAY') {
my ($ch_name, $ch_check) = @{ shift @$check };
print $fh <<EOC;
#if $ch_check
"+$name/$ch_name",
EOC
foreach my $choice (@$check) {
($ch_name, $ch_check) = @$choice;
print $fh <<EOC;
#elif $ch_check
"+$name/$ch_name",
EOC
}
print $fh <<EOC;
#else
"-$name",
#endif
EOC
} else {
print $fh <<EOC;
#if $check
"+$name",
#else
"-$name",
#endif
EOC
}
}
print $fh <<EOC;
/* sentinel value */
NULL
};
EOC
}
__DATA__
/* Autogenerated by build_info.pl - DO NOT EDIT */
/* This stores global variables that are initialized with
preprocessor declarations for output with the --version flag.
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. */
#include "wget.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include "version.h"

1645
build-aux/config.guess vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

684
build-aux/config.rpath Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,684 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
#
# Copyright 1996-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
# should be set by the caller.
#
# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
# Known limitations:
# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
# directory and/or the installation directory.
# All known linkers require a '.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
# which needs '.lib').
libext=a
shrext=.so
host="$1"
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
for cc_temp in $CC""; do
case $cc_temp in
compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
\-*) ;;
*) break;;
esac
done
cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_COMPILER_PIC.
wl=
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
wl='-Wl,'
else
case "$host_os" in
aix*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
case $cc_basename in
ecc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
icc* | ifort*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
lf95*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
nagfor*)
wl='-Wl,-Wl,,'
;;
pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
ccc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
como)
wl='-lopt='
;;
*)
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
*Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*)
wl=
;;
*Sun\ C*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
newsos6)
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
rdos*)
;;
solaris*)
case $cc_basename in
f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*)
wl='-Qoption ld '
;;
*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
sunos4*)
wl='-Qoption ld '
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
;;
sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
unicos*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
uts4*)
;;
esac
fi
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
hardcode_libdir_separator=
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_minus_L=no
case "$host_os" in
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
with_gnu_ld=no
fi
;;
interix*)
# we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
with_gnu_ld=yes
;;
openbsd*)
with_gnu_ld=no
;;
esac
ld_shlibs=yes
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
# Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
# are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
# here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
# Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
# option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
case "$host_os" in
aix[3-9]*)
# On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
amigaos*)
case "$host_cpu" in
powerpc)
;;
m68k)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
;;
beos*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
haiku*)
;;
interix[3-9]*)
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
netbsd*)
;;
solaris*)
if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
ld_shlibs=no
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
*\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
fi
else
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
# Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
# are no directories specified by -L.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
# broken collect2.
hardcode_direct=unsupported
fi
;;
aix[4-9]*)
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
# have to do anything special.
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
else
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
# need to do runtime linking.
case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*)
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
break
fi
done
;;
esac
fi
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
if test -f "$collect2name" && \
strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
then
# We have reworked collect2
:
else
# We have old collect2
hardcode_direct=unsupported
hardcode_minus_L=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=
fi
;;
esac
fi
# Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
fi
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
fi
rm -f conftest.c conftest
# End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
else
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
else
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
fi
fi
;;
amigaos*)
case "$host_cpu" in
powerpc)
;;
m68k)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
;;
bsdi[45]*)
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
libext=lib
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
hardcode_direct=no
if { case $cc_basename in ifort*) true;; *) test "$GCC" = yes;; esac; }; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
dgux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
freebsd2.[01]*)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
hpux9*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
hpux10*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
fi
;;
hpux11*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*|ia64*)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
*)
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
fi
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
netbsd*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
newsos6)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
;;
openbsd*)
if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
hardcode_direct=yes
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
else
case "$host_os" in
openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
esac
fi
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
os2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
osf3*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
osf4* | osf5*)
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
else
# Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
fi
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
solaris*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
sysv4)
case $host_vendor in
sni)
hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
;;
siemens)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
motorola)
hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
;;
esac
;;
sysv4.3*)
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
ld_shlibs=yes
fi
;;
sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*)
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
;;
uts4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
esac
fi
# Check dynamic linker characteristics
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
# Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but
# only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last
# element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the
# linker has special search rules.
library_names_spec= # the last element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4
libname_spec='lib$name'
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
;;
aix[4-9]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
amigaos*)
case "$host_cpu" in
powerpc*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;;
m68k)
library_names_spec='$libname.a' ;;
esac
;;
beos*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
bsdi[45]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
shrext=.dll
library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib'
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
shrext=.dylib
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
dgux*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
freebsd[23].*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
gnu*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
haiku*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
case $host_cpu in
ia64*)
shrext=.so
;;
hppa*64*)
shrext=.sl
;;
*)
shrext=.sl
;;
esac
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
interix[3-9]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
case "$host_os" in
irix5* | nonstopux*)
libsuff= shlibsuff=
;;
*)
case $LD in
*-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
*-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
*-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
;;
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
knetbsd*-gnu)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
netbsd*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
newsos6)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
openbsd*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
;;
os2*)
libname_spec='$name'
shrext=.dll
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
rdos*)
;;
solaris*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sunos4*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
tpf*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
uts4*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
esac
sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
escaped_libname_spec=`echo "X$libname_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_library_names_spec=`echo "X$library_names_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
wl="$escaped_wl"
# Static library suffix (normally "a").
libext="$libext"
# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
shlibext="$shlibext"
# Format of library name prefix.
libname_spec="$escaped_libname_spec"
# Library names that the linker finds when passed -lNAME.
library_names_spec="$escaped_library_names_spec"
# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
EOF

1797
build-aux/config.sub vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

791
build-aux/depcomp Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,791 @@
#! /bin/sh
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1999-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
as side-effects.
Environment variables:
depmode Dependency tracking mode.
source Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
object Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
depfile Dependency file to output.
tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the
# global variables '$dir'. Note that this directory component will
# be either empty or ending with a '/' character. This is deliberate.
set_dir_from ()
{
case $1 in
*/*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;;
*) dir=;;
esac
}
# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the
# global variable '$base'.
set_base_from ()
{
base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`
}
# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation,
# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the
# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme.
make_dummy_depfile ()
{
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
}
# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile.
# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set.
aix_post_process_depfile ()
{
# If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file,
# post-process it.
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
# Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# $object: dependency.h
# and one to simply output
# dependency.h:
# which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem.
{ sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile"
sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile"
} > "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
}
# A tabulation character.
tab=' '
# A newline character.
nl='
'
# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale.
# These definitions help.
upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
digits=0123456789
alpha=${upper}${lower}
if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
# Avoid interferences from the environment.
gccflag= dashmflag=
# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
if test "$depmode" = hp; then
# HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
gccflag=-M
depmode=gcc
fi
if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
# This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
dashmflag=-xM
depmode=dashmstdout
fi
cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
# This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
depmode=msvisualcpp
fi
if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
# This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
depmode=msvc7
fi
if test "$depmode" = xlc; then
# IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information.
gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF
depmode=gcc
fi
case "$depmode" in
gcc3)
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here
## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
for arg
do
case $arg in
-c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
*) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
esac
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
done
"$@"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
;;
gcc)
## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers.
## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler.
## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above).
## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
## why we pick this rather obscure method:
## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). Also, it might not be
## supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode.
## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
## than renaming).
if test -z "$gccflag"; then
gccflag=-MD,
fi
"$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive
# letters.
sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem.
## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
## this for us directly.
## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'. On the theory
## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output.
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
sgi)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
else
"$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
# clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
# lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
# IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
# the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the
# dependency line.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \
| tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile"
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
>> "$depfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
xlc)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
aix)
# The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
# in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
# current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the
# start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
# Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
"$@" -Wc,-M
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
"$@" -M
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
aix_post_process_depfile
;;
tcc)
# tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26
# FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing.
# Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released
# versions.
# It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a
# trailing '\', as in:
#
# foo.o : \
# foo.c \
# foo.h \
#
# It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading
# spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7
# "Emit spaces for -MD").
"$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'.
# We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'.
sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:'
# dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem.
sed -n -e 's|^ *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the
## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order
## listed in this file. A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many
## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options.
pgcc)
# Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'.
# Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the
# source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory.
# The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file.
# pgcc 10.2 will output
# foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
# and will wrap long lines using '\' :
# foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
# sub/foo.h ... \
# ...
set_dir_from "$object"
# Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since
# that's sadly what pgcc will do too.
set_base_from "$source"
tmpdepfile=$base.d
# For projects that build the same source file twice into different object
# files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause
# problems in parallel builds. Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on
# the same $tmpdepfile.
lockdir=$base.d-lock
trap "
echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2
rmdir '$lockdir'
exit 1
" 1 2 13 15
numtries=100
i=$numtries
while test $i -gt 0; do
# mkdir is a portable test-and-set.
if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then
# This process acquired the lock.
"$@" -MD
stat=$?
# Release the lock.
rmdir "$lockdir"
break
else
# If the lock is being held by a different process, wait
# until the winning process is done or we timeout.
while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do
sleep 1
i=`expr $i - 1`
done
fi
i=`expr $i - 1`
done
trap - 1 2 13 15
if test $i -le 0; then
echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2
echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2
exit 1
fi
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
# or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp2)
# The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
# compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option
# to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
# 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
# happens to be.
# Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
"$@" -Wc,+Maked
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
"$@" +Maked
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Add 'dependent.h:' lines.
sed -ne '2,${
s/^ *//
s/ \\*$//
s/$/:/
p
}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
;;
tru64)
# The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
# effect. 'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'.
# At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
# dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
# Subdirectories are respected.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
# Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These
# two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
# in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
# one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
# $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
# automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
# the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # Likewise.
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
"$@" -Wc,-MD
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
"$@" -MD
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
# Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode.
aix_post_process_depfile
;;
msvc7)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
else
showIncludes=-showIncludes
fi
"$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
# backslashes for cygpath. The second sed program outputs the file
# name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
# hold buffer in order to output them again at the end. This only
# works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
/^Note: including file: *\(.*\)/ {
s//\1/
s/\\/\\\\/g
p
}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
s/ /\\ /g
s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p
s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
H
$ {
s/.*/'"$tab"'/
G
p
}' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvc7msys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
#nosideeffect)
# This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
# dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
dashmstdout)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove '-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
# Require at least two characters before searching for ':'
# in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
# a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise.
"$@" $dashmflag |
sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
dashXmstdout)
# This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
# run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
exit 1
;;
makedepend)
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove any Libtool call
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# X makedepend
shift
cleared=no eat=no
for arg
do
case $cleared in
no)
set ""; shift
cleared=yes ;;
esac
if test $eat = yes; then
eat=no
continue
fi
case "$arg" in
-D*|-I*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
# Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
# the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-arch)
eat=yes ;;
-*|$object)
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
esac
done
obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
touch "$tmpdepfile"
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
rm -f "$depfile"
# makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
# No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \
| tr ' ' "$nl" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
;;
cpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove '-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E \
| sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
| sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvisualcpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case "$arg" in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
set fnord "$@"
shift
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift
shift
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
echo "$tab" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvcmsys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
none)
exec "$@"
;;
*)
echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

228
build-aux/git-version-gen Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Print a version string.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 2007-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# This script is derived from GIT-VERSION-GEN from GIT: https://git-scm.com/.
# It may be run two ways:
# - from a git repository in which the "git describe" command below
# produces useful output (thus requiring at least one signed tag)
# - from a non-git-repo directory containing a .tarball-version file, which
# presumes this script is invoked like "./git-version-gen .tarball-version".
# In order to use intra-version strings in your project, you will need two
# separate generated version string files:
#
# .tarball-version - present only in a distribution tarball, and not in
# a checked-out repository. Created with contents that were learned at
# the last time autoconf was run, and used by git-version-gen. Must not
# be present in either $(srcdir) or $(builddir) for git-version-gen to
# give accurate answers during normal development with a checked out tree,
# but must be present in a tarball when there is no version control system.
# Therefore, it cannot be used in any dependencies. GNUmakefile has
# hooks to force a reconfigure at distribution time to get the value
# correct, without penalizing normal development with extra reconfigures.
#
# .version - present in a checked-out repository and in a distribution
# tarball. Usable in dependencies, particularly for files that don't
# want to depend on config.h but do want to track version changes.
# Delete this file prior to any autoconf run where you want to rebuild
# files to pick up a version string change; and leave it stale to
# minimize rebuild time after unrelated changes to configure sources.
#
# As with any generated file in a VC'd directory, you should add
# /.version to .gitignore, so that you don't accidentally commit it.
# .tarball-version is never generated in a VC'd directory, so needn't
# be listed there.
#
# Use the following line in your configure.ac, so that $(VERSION) will
# automatically be up-to-date each time configure is run (and note that
# since configure.ac no longer includes a version string, Makefile rules
# should not depend on configure.ac for version updates).
#
# AC_INIT([GNU project],
# m4_esyscmd([build-aux/git-version-gen .tarball-version]),
# [bug-project@example])
#
# Then use the following lines in your Makefile.am, so that .version
# will be present for dependencies, and so that .version and
# .tarball-version will exist in distribution tarballs.
#
# EXTRA_DIST = $(top_srcdir)/.version
# BUILT_SOURCES = $(top_srcdir)/.version
# $(top_srcdir)/.version:
# echo $(VERSION) > $@-t && mv $@-t $@
# dist-hook:
# echo $(VERSION) > $(distdir)/.tarball-version
me=$0
year=`expr "$scriptversion" : '\([^-]*\)'`
version="git-version-gen $scriptversion
Copyright $year Free Software Foundation, Inc.
There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software
under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING."
usage="\
Usage: $me [OPTION]... \$srcdir/.tarball-version [TAG-NORMALIZATION-SED-SCRIPT]
Print a version string.
Options:
--prefix PREFIX prefix of git tags (default 'v')
--fallback VERSION
fallback version to use if \"git --version\" fails
--help display this help and exit
--version output version information and exit
Running without arguments will suffice in most cases."
prefix=v
fallback=
while test $# -gt 0; do
case $1 in
--help) echo "$usage"; exit 0;;
--version) echo "$version"; exit 0;;
--prefix) shift; prefix=${1?};;
--fallback) shift; fallback=${1?};;
-*)
echo "$0: Unknown option '$1'." >&2
echo "$0: Try '--help' for more information." >&2
exit 1;;
*)
if test "x$tarball_version_file" = x; then
tarball_version_file="$1"
elif test "x$tag_sed_script" = x; then
tag_sed_script="$1"
else
echo "$0: extra non-option argument '$1'." >&2
exit 1
fi;;
esac
shift
done
if test "x$tarball_version_file" = x; then
echo "$usage"
exit 1
fi
tag_sed_script="${tag_sed_script:-s/x/x/}"
nl='
'
# Avoid meddling by environment variable of the same name.
v=
v_from_git=
# First see if there is a tarball-only version file.
# then try "git describe", then default.
if test -f $tarball_version_file
then
v=`cat $tarball_version_file` || v=
case $v in
*$nl*) v= ;; # reject multi-line output
[0-9]*) ;;
*) v= ;;
esac
test "x$v" = x \
&& echo "$0: WARNING: $tarball_version_file is missing or damaged" 1>&2
fi
if test "x$v" != x
then
: # use $v
# Otherwise, if there is at least one git commit involving the working
# directory, and "git describe" output looks sensible, use that to
# derive a version string.
elif test "`git log -1 --pretty=format:x . 2>&1`" = x \
&& v=`git describe --abbrev=4 --match="$prefix*" HEAD 2>/dev/null \
|| git describe --abbrev=4 HEAD 2>/dev/null` \
&& v=`printf '%s\n' "$v" | sed "$tag_sed_script"` \
&& case $v in
$prefix[0-9]*) ;;
*) (exit 1) ;;
esac
then
# Is this a new git that lists number of commits since the last
# tag or the previous older version that did not?
# Newer: v6.10-77-g0f8faeb
# Older: v6.10-g0f8faeb
vprefix=`expr "X$v" : 'X\(.*\)-g[^-]*$'` || vprefix=$v
case $vprefix in
*-*) : git describe is probably okay three part flavor ;;
*)
: git describe is older two part flavor
# Recreate the number of commits and rewrite such that the
# result is the same as if we were using the newer version
# of git describe.
vtag=`echo "$v" | sed 's/-.*//'`
commit_list=`git rev-list "$vtag"..HEAD 2>/dev/null` \
|| { commit_list=failed;
echo "$0: WARNING: git rev-list failed" 1>&2; }
numcommits=`echo "$commit_list" | wc -l`
v=`echo "$v" | sed "s/\(.*\)-\(.*\)/\1-$numcommits-\2/"`;
test "$commit_list" = failed && v=UNKNOWN
;;
esac
# Change the penultimate "-" to ".", for version-comparing tools.
# Remove the "g" to save a byte.
v=`echo "$v" | sed 's/-\([^-]*\)-g\([^-]*\)$/.\1-\2/'`;
v_from_git=1
elif test "x$fallback" = x || git --version >/dev/null 2>&1; then
v=UNKNOWN
else
v=$fallback
fi
v=`echo "$v" |sed "s/^$prefix//"`
# Test whether to append the "-dirty" suffix only if the version
# string we're using came from git. I.e., skip the test if it's "UNKNOWN"
# or if it came from .tarball-version.
if test "x$v_from_git" != x; then
# Don't declare a version "dirty" merely because a timestamp has changed.
git update-index --refresh > /dev/null 2>&1
dirty=`exec 2>/dev/null;git diff-index --name-only HEAD` || dirty=
case "$dirty" in
'') ;;
*) # Append the suffix only if there isn't one already.
case $v in
*-dirty) ;;
*) v="$v-dirty" ;;
esac ;;
esac
fi
# Omit the trailing newline, so that m4_esyscmd can use the result directly.
printf %s "$v"
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

499
build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,499 @@
eval '(exit $?0)' && eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" "$@"'
& eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" $argv:q'
if 0;
# Convert git log output to ChangeLog format.
my $VERSION = '2018-03-07 03:47'; # UTC
# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
# Copyright (C) 2008-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Written by Jim Meyering
use strict;
use warnings;
use Getopt::Long;
use POSIX qw(strftime);
(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
# use File::Coda; # https://meyering.net/code/Coda/
END {
defined fileno STDOUT or return;
close STDOUT and return;
warn "$ME: failed to close standard output: $!\n";
$? ||= 1;
}
sub usage ($)
{
my ($exit_code) = @_;
my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
if ($exit_code != 0)
{
print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
}
else
{
print $STREAM <<EOF;
Usage: $ME [OPTIONS] [ARGS]
Convert git log output to ChangeLog format. If present, any ARGS
are passed to "git log". To avoid ARGS being parsed as options to
$ME, they may be preceded by '--'.
OPTIONS:
--amend=FILE FILE maps from an SHA1 to perl code (i.e., s/old/new/) that
makes a change to SHA1's commit log text or metadata.
--append-dot append a dot to the first line of each commit message if
there is no other punctuation or blank at the end.
--no-cluster never cluster commit messages under the same date/author
header; the default is to cluster adjacent commit messages
if their headers are the same and neither commit message
contains multiple paragraphs.
--srcdir=DIR the root of the source tree, from which the .git/
directory can be derived.
--since=DATE convert only the logs since DATE;
the default is to convert all log entries.
--until=DATE convert only the logs older than DATE.
--ignore-matching=PAT ignore commit messages whose first lines match PAT.
--ignore-line=PAT ignore lines of commit messages that match PAT.
--format=FMT set format string for commit subject and body;
see 'man git-log' for the list of format metacharacters;
the default is '%s%n%b%n'
--strip-tab remove one additional leading TAB from commit message lines.
--strip-cherry-pick remove data inserted by "git cherry-pick";
this includes the "cherry picked from commit ..." line,
and the possible final "Conflicts:" paragraph.
--help display this help and exit
--version output version information and exit
EXAMPLE:
$ME --since=2008-01-01 > ChangeLog
$ME -- -n 5 foo > last-5-commits-to-branch-foo
SPECIAL SYNTAX:
The following types of strings are interpreted specially when they appear
at the beginning of a log message line. They are not copied to the output.
Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes
Append the "(tiny change)" notation to the usual "date name email"
ChangeLog header to mark a change that does not require a copyright
assignment.
Co-authored-by: Joe User <user\@example.com>
List the specified name and email address on a second
ChangeLog header, denoting a co-author.
Signed-off-by: Joe User <user\@example.com>
These lines are simply elided.
In a FILE specified via --amend, comment lines (starting with "#") are ignored.
FILE must consist of <SHA,CODE+> pairs where SHA is a 40-byte SHA1 (alone on
a line) referring to a commit in the current project, and CODE refers to one
or more consecutive lines of Perl code. Pairs must be separated by one or
more blank line.
Here is sample input for use with --amend=FILE, from coreutils:
3a169f4c5d9159283548178668d2fae6fced3030
# fix typo in title:
s/all tile types/all file types/
1379ed974f1fa39b12e2ffab18b3f7a607082202
# Due to a bug in vc-dwim, I mis-attributed a patch by Paul to myself.
# Change the author to be Paul. Note the escaped "@":
s,Jim .*>,Paul Eggert <eggert\\\@cs.ucla.edu>,
EOF
}
exit $exit_code;
}
# If the string $S is a well-behaved file name, simply return it.
# If it contains white space, quotes, etc., quote it, and return the new string.
sub shell_quote($)
{
my ($s) = @_;
if ($s =~ m![^\w+/.,-]!)
{
# Convert each single quote to '\''
$s =~ s/\'/\'\\\'\'/g;
# Then single quote the string.
$s = "'$s'";
}
return $s;
}
sub quoted_cmd(@)
{
return join (' ', map {shell_quote $_} @_);
}
# Parse file F.
# Comment lines (starting with "#") are ignored.
# F must consist of <SHA,CODE+> pairs where SHA is a 40-byte SHA1
# (alone on a line) referring to a commit in the current project, and
# CODE refers to one or more consecutive lines of Perl code.
# Pairs must be separated by one or more blank line.
sub parse_amend_file($)
{
my ($f) = @_;
open F, '<', $f
or die "$ME: $f: failed to open for reading: $!\n";
my $fail;
my $h = {};
my $in_code = 0;
my $sha;
while (defined (my $line = <F>))
{
$line =~ /^\#/
and next;
chomp $line;
$line eq ''
and $in_code = 0, next;
if (!$in_code)
{
$line =~ /^([0-9a-fA-F]{40})$/
or (warn "$ME: $f:$.: invalid line; expected an SHA1\n"),
$fail = 1, next;
$sha = lc $1;
$in_code = 1;
exists $h->{$sha}
and (warn "$ME: $f:$.: duplicate SHA1\n"),
$fail = 1, next;
}
else
{
$h->{$sha} ||= '';
$h->{$sha} .= "$line\n";
}
}
close F;
$fail
and exit 1;
return $h;
}
# git_dir_option $SRCDIR
#
# From $SRCDIR, the --git-dir option to pass to git (none if $SRCDIR
# is undef). Return as a list (0 or 1 element).
sub git_dir_option($)
{
my ($srcdir) = @_;
my @res = ();
if (defined $srcdir)
{
my $qdir = shell_quote $srcdir;
my $cmd = "cd $qdir && git rev-parse --show-toplevel";
my $qcmd = shell_quote $cmd;
my $git_dir = qx($cmd);
defined $git_dir
or die "$ME: cannot run $qcmd: $!\n";
$? == 0
or die "$ME: $qcmd had unexpected exit code or signal ($?)\n";
chomp $git_dir;
push @res, "--git-dir=$git_dir/.git";
}
@res;
}
{
my $since_date;
my $until_date;
my $format_string = '%s%n%b%n';
my $amend_file;
my $append_dot = 0;
my $cluster = 1;
my $ignore_matching;
my $ignore_line;
my $strip_tab = 0;
my $strip_cherry_pick = 0;
my $srcdir;
GetOptions
(
help => sub { usage 0 },
version => sub { print "$ME version $VERSION\n"; exit },
'since=s' => \$since_date,
'until=s' => \$until_date,
'format=s' => \$format_string,
'amend=s' => \$amend_file,
'append-dot' => \$append_dot,
'cluster!' => \$cluster,
'ignore-matching=s' => \$ignore_matching,
'ignore-line=s' => \$ignore_line,
'strip-tab' => \$strip_tab,
'strip-cherry-pick' => \$strip_cherry_pick,
'srcdir=s' => \$srcdir,
) or usage 1;
defined $since_date
and unshift @ARGV, "--since=$since_date";
defined $until_date
and unshift @ARGV, "--until=$until_date";
# This is a hash that maps an SHA1 to perl code (i.e., s/old/new/)
# that makes a correction in the log or attribution of that commit.
my $amend_code = defined $amend_file ? parse_amend_file $amend_file : {};
my @cmd = ('git',
git_dir_option $srcdir,
qw(log --log-size),
'--pretty=format:%H:%ct %an <%ae>%n%n'.$format_string, @ARGV);
open PIPE, '-|', @cmd
or die ("$ME: failed to run '". quoted_cmd (@cmd) ."': $!\n"
. "(Is your Git too old? Version 1.5.1 or later is required.)\n");
my $prev_multi_paragraph;
my $prev_date_line = '';
my @prev_coauthors = ();
my @skipshas = ();
while (1)
{
defined (my $in = <PIPE>)
or last;
$in =~ /^log size (\d+)$/
or die "$ME:$.: Invalid line (expected log size):\n$in";
my $log_nbytes = $1;
my $log;
my $n_read = read PIPE, $log, $log_nbytes;
$n_read == $log_nbytes
or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n";
# Extract leading hash.
my ($sha, $rest) = split ':', $log, 2;
defined $sha
or die "$ME:$.: malformed log entry\n";
$sha =~ /^[0-9a-fA-F]{40}$/
or die "$ME:$.: invalid SHA1: $sha\n";
my $skipflag = 0;
if (@skipshas)
{
foreach(@skipshas)
{
if ($sha =~ /^$_/)
{
$skipflag = $_;
last;
}
}
}
# If this commit's log requires any transformation, do it now.
my $code = $amend_code->{$sha};
if (defined $code)
{
eval 'use Safe';
my $s = new Safe;
# Put the unpreprocessed entry into "$_".
$_ = $rest;
# Let $code operate on it, safely.
my $r = $s->reval("$code")
or die "$ME:$.:$sha: failed to eval \"$code\":\n$@\n";
# Note that we've used this entry.
delete $amend_code->{$sha};
# Update $rest upon success.
$rest = $_;
}
# Remove lines inserted by "git cherry-pick".
if ($strip_cherry_pick)
{
$rest =~ s/^\s*Conflicts:\n.*//sm;
$rest =~ s/^\s*\(cherry picked from commit [\da-f]+\)\n//m;
}
my @line = split /[ \t]*\n/, $rest;
my $author_line = shift @line;
defined $author_line
or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n";
$author_line =~ /^(\d+) (.*>)$/
or die "$ME:$.: Invalid line "
. "(expected date/author/email):\n$author_line\n";
# Format 'Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes' as a standard ChangeLog
# `(tiny change)' annotation.
my $tiny = (grep (/^(?:Copyright-paperwork-exempt|Tiny-change):\s+[Yy]es$/, @line)
? ' (tiny change)' : '');
my $date_line = sprintf "%s %s$tiny\n",
strftime ("%Y-%m-%d", localtime ($1)), $2;
my @coauthors = grep /^Co-authored-by:.*$/, @line;
# Omit meta-data lines we've already interpreted.
@line = grep !/^(?:Signed-off-by:[ ].*>$
|Co-authored-by:[ ]
|Copyright-paperwork-exempt:[ ]
|Tiny-change:[ ]
)/x, @line;
# Remove leading and trailing blank lines.
if (@line)
{
while ($line[0] =~ /^\s*$/) { shift @line; }
while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; }
}
# Handle Emacs gitmerge.el "skipped" commits.
# Yes, this should be controlled by an option. So sue me.
if ( grep /^(; )?Merge from /, @line )
{
my $found = 0;
foreach (@line)
{
if (grep /^The following commit.*skipped:$/, $_)
{
$found = 1;
## Reset at each merge to reduce chance of false matches.
@skipshas = ();
next;
}
if ($found && $_ =~ /^([0-9a-fA-F]{7,}) [^ ]/)
{
push ( @skipshas, $1 );
}
}
}
# Ignore commits that match the --ignore-matching pattern, if specified.
if (defined $ignore_matching && @line && $line[0] =~ /$ignore_matching/)
{
$skipflag = 1;
}
elsif ($skipflag)
{
## Perhaps only warn if a pattern matches more than once?
warn "$ME: warning: skipping $sha due to $skipflag\n";
}
if (! $skipflag)
{
if (defined $ignore_line && @line)
{
@line = grep ! /$ignore_line/, @line;
while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; }
}
# Record whether there are two or more paragraphs.
my $multi_paragraph = grep /^\s*$/, @line;
# Format 'Co-authored-by: A U Thor <email@example.com>' lines in
# standard multi-author ChangeLog format.
for (@coauthors)
{
s/^Co-authored-by:\s*/\t /;
s/\s*</ </;
/<.*?@.*\..*>/
or warn "$ME: warning: missing email address for "
. substr ($_, 5) . "\n";
}
# If clustering of commit messages has been disabled, if this header
# would be different from the previous date/name/etc. header,
# or if this or the previous entry consists of two or more paragraphs,
# then print the header.
if ( ! $cluster
|| $date_line ne $prev_date_line
|| "@coauthors" ne "@prev_coauthors"
|| $multi_paragraph
|| $prev_multi_paragraph)
{
$prev_date_line eq ''
or print "\n";
print $date_line;
@coauthors
and print join ("\n", @coauthors), "\n";
}
$prev_date_line = $date_line;
@prev_coauthors = @coauthors;
$prev_multi_paragraph = $multi_paragraph;
# If there were any lines
if (@line == 0)
{
warn "$ME: warning: empty commit message:\n $date_line\n";
}
else
{
if ($append_dot)
{
# If the first line of the message has enough room, then
if (length $line[0] < 72)
{
# append a dot if there is no other punctuation or blank
# at the end.
$line[0] =~ /[[:punct:]\s]$/
or $line[0] .= '.';
}
}
# Remove one additional leading TAB from each line.
$strip_tab
and map { s/^\t// } @line;
# Prefix each non-empty line with a TAB.
@line = map { length $_ ? "\t$_" : '' } @line;
print "\n", join ("\n", @line), "\n";
}
}
defined ($in = <PIPE>)
or last;
$in ne "\n"
and die "$ME:$.: unexpected line:\n$in";
}
close PIPE
or die "$ME: error closing pipe from " . quoted_cmd (@cmd) . "\n";
# FIXME-someday: include $PROCESS_STATUS in the diagnostic
# Complain about any unused entry in the --amend=F specified file.
my $fail = 0;
foreach my $sha (keys %$amend_code)
{
warn "$ME:$amend_file: unused entry: $sha\n";
$fail = 1;
}
exit $fail;
}
# Local Variables:
# mode: perl
# indent-tabs-mode: nil
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
# End:

463
build-aux/gnupload Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Sign files and upload them.
scriptversion=2018-05-19.18; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 2004-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Originally written by Alexandre Duret-Lutz <adl@gnu.org>.
# The master copy of this file is maintained in the gnulib Git repository.
# Please send bug reports and feature requests to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
set -e
GPG=gpg
# Choose the proper version of gpg, so as to avoid a
# "gpg-agent is not available in this session" error
# when gpg-agent is version 3 but gpg is still version 1.
# FIXME-2020: remove, once all major distros ship gpg version 3 as /usr/bin/gpg
gpg_agent_version=`(gpg-agent --version) 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`
case "$gpg_agent_version" in
2.*)
gpg_version=`(gpg --version) 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`
case "$gpg_version" in
1.*)
if (type gpg2) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
# gpg2 is present.
GPG=gpg2
else
# gpg2 is missing. Ubuntu users should install the package 'gnupg2'.
echo "WARNING: Using 'gpg', which is too old. You should install 'gpg2'." 1>&2
fi
;;
esac
;;
esac
GPG="${GPG} --batch --no-tty"
conffile=.gnuploadrc
to=
dry_run=false
replace=
symlink_files=
delete_files=
delete_symlinks=
collect_var=
dbg=
nl='
'
usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [CMD] FILE... [[CMD] FILE...]
Sign all FILES, and process them at the destinations specified with --to.
If CMD is not given, it defaults to uploading. See examples below.
Commands:
--delete delete FILES from destination
--symlink create symbolic links
--rmsymlink remove symbolic links
-- treat the remaining arguments as files to upload
Options:
--to DEST specify a destination DEST for FILES
(multiple --to options are allowed)
--user NAME sign with key NAME
--replace allow replacements of existing files
--symlink-regex[=EXPR] use sed script EXPR to compute symbolic link names
-n, --dry-run do nothing, show what would have been done
(including the constructed directive file)
--version output version information and exit
-h, --help print this help text and exit
If --symlink-regex is given without EXPR, then the link target name
is created by replacing the version information with '-latest', e.g.:
foo-1.3.4.tar.gz -> foo-latest.tar.gz
Recognized destinations are:
alpha.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
savannah.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
savannah.nongnu.org:DIRECTORY
ftp.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
build directive files and upload files by FTP
download.gnu.org.ua:{alpha|ftp}/DIRECTORY
build directive files and upload files by SFTP
[user@]host:DIRECTORY upload files with scp
Options and commands are applied in order. If the file $conffile exists
in the current working directory, its contents are prepended to the
actual command line options. Use this to keep your defaults. Comments
(#) and empty lines in $conffile are allowed.
<https://www.gnu.org/prep/maintain/html_node/Automated-FTP-Uploads.html>
gives some further background.
Examples:
1. Upload foobar-1.0.tar.gz to ftp.gnu.org:
gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar foobar-1.0.tar.gz
2. Upload foobar-1.0.tar.gz and foobar-1.0.tar.xz to ftp.gnu.org:
gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-1.0.tar.xz
3. Same as above, and also create symbolic links to foobar-latest.tar.*:
gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\
--symlink-regex \\
foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-1.0.tar.xz
4. Upload foobar-0.9.90.tar.gz to two sites:
gnupload --to alpha.gnu.org:foobar \\
--to sources.redhat.com:~ftp/pub/foobar \\
foobar-0.9.90.tar.gz
5. Delete oopsbar-0.9.91.tar.gz and upload foobar-0.9.91.tar.gz
(the -- terminates the list of files to delete):
gnupload --to alpha.gnu.org:foobar \\
--to sources.redhat.com:~ftp/pub/foobar \\
--delete oopsbar-0.9.91.tar.gz \\
-- foobar-0.9.91.tar.gz
gnupload executes a program ncftpput to do the transfers; if you don't
happen to have an ncftp package installed, the ncftpput-ftp script in
the build-aux/ directory of the gnulib package
(https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gnulib) may serve as a replacement.
Send patches and bug reports to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>."
# Read local configuration file
if test -r "$conffile"; then
echo "$0: Reading configuration file $conffile"
conf=`sed 's/#.*$//;/^$/d' "$conffile" | tr "\015$nl" ' '`
eval set x "$conf \"\$@\""
shift
fi
while test -n "$1"; do
case $1 in
-*)
collect_var=
case $1 in
-h | --help)
echo "$usage"
exit $?
;;
--to)
if test -z "$2"; then
echo "$0: Missing argument for --to" 1>&2
exit 1
elif echo "$2" | grep 'ftp-upload\.gnu\.org' >/dev/null; then
echo "$0: Use ftp.gnu.org:PKGNAME or alpha.gnu.org:PKGNAME" >&2
echo "$0: for the destination, not ftp-upload.gnu.org (which" >&2
echo "$0: is used for direct ftp uploads, not with gnupload)." >&2
echo "$0: See --help and its examples if need be." >&2
exit 1
else
to="$to $2"
shift
fi
;;
--user)
if test -z "$2"; then
echo "$0: Missing argument for --user" 1>&2
exit 1
else
GPG="$GPG --local-user $2"
shift
fi
;;
--delete)
collect_var=delete_files
;;
--replace)
replace="replace: true"
;;
--rmsymlink)
collect_var=delete_symlinks
;;
--symlink-regex=*)
symlink_expr=`expr "$1" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
;;
--symlink-regex)
symlink_expr='s|-[0-9][0-9\.]*\(-[0-9][0-9]*\)\{0,1\}\.|-latest.|'
;;
--symlink)
collect_var=symlink_files
;;
-n | --dry-run)
dry_run=:
;;
--version)
echo "gnupload $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
--)
shift
break
;;
-*)
echo "$0: Unknown option '$1', try '$0 --help'" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
;;
*)
if test -z "$collect_var"; then
break
else
eval "$collect_var=\"\$$collect_var $1\""
fi
;;
esac
shift
done
dprint()
{
echo "Running $* ..."
}
if $dry_run; then
dbg=dprint
fi
if test -z "$to"; then
echo "$0: Missing destination sites" >&2
exit 1
fi
if test -n "$symlink_files"; then
x=`echo "$symlink_files" | sed 's/[^ ]//g;s/ //g'`
if test -n "$x"; then
echo "$0: Odd number of symlink arguments" >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
if test $# = 0; then
if test -z "${symlink_files}${delete_files}${delete_symlinks}"; then
echo "$0: No file to upload" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
else
# Make sure all files exist. We don't want to ask
# for the passphrase if the script will fail.
for file
do
if test ! -f $file; then
echo "$0: Cannot find '$file'" 1>&2
exit 1
elif test -n "$symlink_expr"; then
linkname=`echo $file | sed "$symlink_expr"`
if test -z "$linkname"; then
echo "$0: symlink expression produces empty results" >&2
exit 1
elif test "$linkname" = $file; then
echo "$0: symlink expression does not alter file name" >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
done
fi
# Make sure passphrase is not exported in the environment.
unset passphrase
unset passphrase_fd_0
GNUPGHOME=${GNUPGHOME:-$HOME/.gnupg}
# Reset PATH to be sure that echo is a built-in. We will later use
# 'echo $passphrase' to output the passphrase, so it is important that
# it is a built-in (third-party programs tend to appear in 'ps'
# listings with their arguments...).
# Remember this script runs with 'set -e', so if echo is not built-in
# it will exit now.
if $dry_run || grep -q "^use-agent" $GNUPGHOME/gpg.conf; then :; else
PATH=/empty echo -n "Enter GPG passphrase: "
stty -echo
read -r passphrase
stty echo
echo
passphrase_fd_0="--passphrase-fd 0"
fi
if test $# -ne 0; then
for file
do
echo "Signing $file ..."
rm -f $file.sig
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 -ba -o $file.sig $file
done
fi
# mkdirective DESTDIR BASE FILE STMT
# Arguments: See upload, below
mkdirective ()
{
stmt="$4"
if test -n "$3"; then
stmt="
filename: $3$stmt"
fi
cat >${2}.directive<<EOF
version: 1.2
directory: $1
comment: gnupload v. $scriptversion$stmt
EOF
if $dry_run; then
echo "File ${2}.directive:"
cat ${2}.directive
echo "File ${2}.directive:" | sed 's/./-/g'
fi
}
mksymlink ()
{
while test $# -ne 0
do
echo "symlink: $1 $2"
shift
shift
done
}
# upload DEST DESTDIR BASE FILE STMT FILES
# Arguments:
# DEST Destination site;
# DESTDIR Destination directory;
# BASE Base name for the directive file;
# FILE Name of the file to distribute (may be empty);
# STMT Additional statements for the directive file;
# FILES List of files to upload.
upload ()
{
dest=$1
destdir=$2
base=$3
file=$4
stmt=$5
files=$6
rm -f $base.directive $base.directive.asc
case $dest in
alpha.gnu.org:*)
mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
$dbg ncftpput ftp-upload.gnu.org /incoming/alpha $files $base.directive.asc
;;
ftp.gnu.org:*)
mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
$dbg ncftpput ftp-upload.gnu.org /incoming/ftp $files $base.directive.asc
;;
savannah.gnu.org:*)
if test -z "$files"; then
echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
fi
$dbg ncftpput savannah.gnu.org /incoming/savannah/$destdir $files
;;
savannah.nongnu.org:*)
if test -z "$files"; then
echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
fi
$dbg ncftpput savannah.nongnu.org /incoming/savannah/$destdir $files
;;
download.gnu.org.ua:alpha/*|download.gnu.org.ua:ftp/*)
destdir_p1=`echo "$destdir" | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,'`
destdir_topdir=`echo "$destdir" | sed 's,/.*,,'`
mkdirective "$destdir_p1" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
for f in $files $base.directive.asc
do
echo put $f
done | $dbg sftp -b - puszcza.gnu.org.ua:/incoming/$destdir_topdir
;;
/*)
dest_host=`echo "$dest" | sed 's,:.*,,'`
mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
$dbg cp $files $base.directive.asc $dest_host
;;
*)
if test -z "$files"; then
echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
fi
$dbg scp $files $dest
;;
esac
rm -f $base.directive $base.directive.asc
}
#####
# Process any standalone directives
stmt=
if test -n "$symlink_files"; then
stmt="$stmt
`mksymlink $symlink_files`"
fi
for file in $delete_files
do
stmt="$stmt
archive: $file"
done
for file in $delete_symlinks
do
stmt="$stmt
rmsymlink: $file"
done
if test -n "$stmt"; then
for dest in $to
do
destdir=`echo $dest | sed 's/[^:]*://'`
upload "$dest" "$destdir" "`hostname`-$$" "" "$stmt"
done
fi
# Process actual uploads
for dest in $to
do
for file
do
echo "Uploading $file to $dest ..."
stmt=
#
# allowing file replacement is all or nothing.
if test -n "$replace"; then stmt="$stmt
$replace"
fi
#
files="$file $file.sig"
destdir=`echo $dest | sed 's/[^:]*://'`
if test -n "$symlink_expr"; then
linkname=`echo $file | sed "$symlink_expr"`
stmt="$stmt
symlink: $file $linkname
symlink: $file.sig $linkname.sig"
fi
upload "$dest" "$destdir" "$file" "$file" "$stmt" "$files"
done
done
exit 0
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

518
build-aux/install-sh Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,518 @@
#!/bin/sh
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
scriptversion=2018-03-11.20; # UTC
# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
# following copyright and license.
#
# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
#
# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
#
# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
#
# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
#
# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
# tium.
#
#
# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch.
tab=' '
nl='
'
IFS=" $tab$nl"
# Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script.
doit=${DOITPROG-}
doit_exec=${doit:-exec}
# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
# or use environment vars.
chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
posix_mkdir=
# Desired mode of installed file.
mode=0755
chgrpcmd=
chmodcmd=$chmodprog
chowncmd=
mvcmd=$mvprog
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
stripcmd=
src=
dst=
dir_arg=
dst_arg=
copy_on_change=false
is_target_a_directory=possibly
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
Options:
--help display this help and exit.
--version display version info and exit.
-c (ignored)
-C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-d create directories instead of installing files.
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
-s $stripprog installed files.
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
Environment variables override the default commands:
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
RMPROG STRIPPROG
"
while test $# -ne 0; do
case $1 in
-c) ;;
-C) copy_on_change=true;;
-d) dir_arg=true;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift;;
--help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-m) mode=$2
case $mode in
*' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
exit 1;;
esac
shift;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift;;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-t)
is_target_a_directory=always
dst_arg=$2
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
shift;;
-T) is_target_a_directory=never;;
--version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
--) shift
break;;
-*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
exit 1;;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d
# take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
# When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
# When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
# Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
for arg
do
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
# $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
shift # fnord
fi
shift # arg
dst_arg=$arg
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
done
fi
if test $# -eq 0; then
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
# It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument.
# This can happen when creating conditional directories.
exit 0
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then
if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
# Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
# However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
case $mode in
# Optimize common cases.
*644) cp_umask=133;;
*755) cp_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw='% 200'
fi
cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
*)
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw=,u+rw
fi
cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
esac
fi
for src
do
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $src in
-* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
esac
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
dst=$src
dstdir=$dst
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
exit 1
fi
if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
dst=$dst_arg
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename.
if test -d "$dst"; then
if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
exit 1
fi
dstdir=$dst
dstbase=`basename "$src"`
case $dst in
*/) dst=$dst$dstbase;;
*) dst=$dst/$dstbase;;
esac
dstdir_status=0
else
dstdir=`dirname "$dst"`
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
fi
fi
case $dstdir in
*/) dstdirslash=$dstdir;;
*) dstdirslash=$dstdir/;;
esac
obsolete_mkdir_used=false
if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
case $posix_mkdir in
'')
# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
umask=`umask`
case $stripcmd.$umask in
# Optimize common cases.
*[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
.*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
- $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
- $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
`;;
*) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
esac
# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
mkdir_mode=-m$mode
else
mkdir_mode=
fi
posix_mkdir=false
case $umask in
*[123567][0-7][0-7])
# POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
# is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
;;
*)
# Note that $RANDOM variable is not portable (e.g. dash); Use it
# here however when possible just to lower collision chance.
tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
# Because "mkdir -p" follows existing symlinks and we likely work
# directly in world-writeable /tmp, make sure that the '$tmpdir'
# directory is successfully created first before we actually test
# 'mkdir -p' feature.
if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
$mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" &&
exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1
then
if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
# Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
# HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
# other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
# FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a"
ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
*) false;;
esac &&
$mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && {
ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
}
}
then posix_mkdir=:
fi
rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir"
else
# Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
fi
trap '' 0;;
esac;;
esac
if
$posix_mkdir && (
umask $mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
)
then :
else
# The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
# or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
# directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
case $dstdir in
/*) prefix='/';;
[-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
*) prefix='';;
esac
oIFS=$IFS
IFS=/
set -f
set fnord $dstdir
shift
set +f
IFS=$oIFS
prefixes=
for d
do
test X"$d" = X && continue
prefix=$prefix$d
if test -d "$prefix"; then
prefixes=
else
if $posix_mkdir; then
(umask=$mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
else
case $prefix in
*\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
*) qprefix=$prefix;;
esac
prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
fi
fi
prefix=$prefix/
done
if test -n "$prefixes"; then
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
obsolete_mkdir_used=true
fi
fi
fi
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
else
# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
dsttmp=${dstdirslash}_inst.$$_
rmtmp=${dstdirslash}_rm.$$_
# Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
# Copy the file name to the temp name.
(umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
#
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
#
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
# If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
if $copy_on_change &&
old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
set -f &&
set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set +f &&
test "$old" = "$new" &&
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
rm -f "$dsttmp"
else
# Rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
{
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
test ! -f "$dst" ||
$doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
{ $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
} ||
{ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
(exit 1); exit 1
}
} &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
}
fi || exit 1
trap '' 0
fi
done
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

228
build-aux/mdate-sh Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
emulate sh
NULLCMD=:
# Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
# is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
fi
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No file. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE
Pretty-print the modification day of FILE, in the format:
1 January 1970
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
error ()
{
echo "$0: $1" >&2
exit 1
}
# Prevent date giving response in another language.
LANG=C
export LANG
LC_ALL=C
export LC_ALL
LC_TIME=C
export LC_TIME
# Use UTC to get reproducible result.
TZ=UTC0
export TZ
# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE
# variable. Since we cannot assume 'unset' works, revert this
# variable to its documented default.
if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then
TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso
export TIME_STYLE
fi
save_arg1=$1
# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory.
if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
ls_command='ls -L -l -d'
else
ls_command='ls -l -d'
fi
# Avoid user/group names that might have spaces, when possible.
if ls -n /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
ls_command="$ls_command -n"
fi
# A 'ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2.
# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo
# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information.
# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo
#
# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words
# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a
# user named "Jan", or "Feb", etc. However, it's unlikely that '/'
# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at
# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many
# words should be skipped to get the date.
# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
set x`$ls_command /`
# Find which argument is the month.
month=
command=
until test $month
do
test $# -gt 0 || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output"
shift
# Add another shift to the command.
command="$command shift;"
case $1 in
Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
esac
done
test -n "$month" || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output"
# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\\\$save_arg1\""`
# Remove all preceding arguments
eval $command
# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2.
#
# On a POSIX system, we should have
#
# $# = 5
# $1 = file size
# $2 = month
# $3 = day
# $4 = year or time
# $5 = filename
#
# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have
#
# $# = 4
# $1 = day
# $2 = month
# $3 = year or time
# $4 = filename
# Get the month.
case $2 in
Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
esac
case $3 in
???*) day=$1;;
*) day=$3; shift;;
esac
# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
# the time of day or the year.
case $3 in
*:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
case $2 in
Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
May) nummonthtod=5;;
Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
esac
# For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
# be used for files modified in the last year.
if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
then
year=`expr $year - 1`
fi;;
*) year=$3;;
esac
# The result.
echo $day $month $year
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

215
build-aux/missing Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
if test $# -eq 0; then
echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
fi
case $1 in
--is-lightweight)
# Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing
# script is modern enough.
exit 0
;;
--run)
# Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake.
shift
;;
-h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
echo "\
$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due
to PROGRAM being missing or too old.
Options:
-h, --help display this help and exit
-v, --version output version information and exit
Supported PROGRAM values:
aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo
bison yacc flex lex help2man
Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and
'g' are ignored when checking the name.
Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
exit $?
;;
-v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
exit $?
;;
-*)
echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option"
echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
;;
esac
# Run the given program, remember its exit status.
"$@"; st=$?
# If it succeeded, we are done.
test $st -eq 0 && exit 0
# Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was
# passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the
# program is present and works.
case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac
# Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens when the user
# tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a
# minimum version.
if test $st -eq 63; then
msg="probably too old"
elif test $st -eq 127; then
# Program was missing.
msg="missing on your system"
else
# Program was found and executed, but failed. Give up.
exit $st
fi
perl_URL=https://www.perl.org/
flex_URL=https://github.com/westes/flex
gnu_software_URL=https://www.gnu.org/software
program_details ()
{
case $1 in
aclocal|automake)
echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>"
echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
echo "<$perl_URL>"
;;
autoconf|autom4te|autoheader)
echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>"
echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
echo "<$perl_URL>"
;;
esac
}
give_advice ()
{
# Normalize program name to check for.
normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed '
s/^gnu-//; t
s/^gnu//; t
s/^g//; t'`
printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg."
configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'"
case $normalized_program in
autoconf*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac',"
echo "or m4 files included by it."
program_details 'autoconf'
;;
autoheader*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'autoheader'
;;
automake*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'automake'
;;
aclocal*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'aclocal'
;;
autom4te*)
echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require"
echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt."
program_details 'autom4te'
;;
bison*|yacc*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file."
echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>"
;;
lex*|flex*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file."
echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:"
echo "<$flex_URL>"
;;
help2man*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \
"of a man page."
echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>"
;;
makeinfo*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or"
echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual."
echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>"
echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of"
echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might"
echo "want to install GNU make:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>"
;;
*)
echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper"
echo "tools for further handling them. Check the 'README' file, it"
echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing"
echo "this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in"
echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program."
;;
esac
}
give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \
-e '2,$s/^/ /' >&2
# Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program
# not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch).
exit $st
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

148
build-aux/test-driver Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
#! /bin/sh
# test-driver - basic testsuite driver script.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 2011-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
# Make unconditional expansion of undefined variables an error. This
# helps a lot in preventing typo-related bugs.
set -u
usage_error ()
{
echo "$0: $*" >&2
print_usage >&2
exit 2
}
print_usage ()
{
cat <<END
Usage:
test-driver --test-name=NAME --log-file=PATH --trs-file=PATH
[--expect-failure={yes|no}] [--color-tests={yes|no}]
[--enable-hard-errors={yes|no}] [--]
TEST-SCRIPT [TEST-SCRIPT-ARGUMENTS]
The '--test-name', '--log-file' and '--trs-file' options are mandatory.
END
}
test_name= # Used for reporting.
log_file= # Where to save the output of the test script.
trs_file= # Where to save the metadata of the test run.
expect_failure=no
color_tests=no
enable_hard_errors=yes
while test $# -gt 0; do
case $1 in
--help) print_usage; exit $?;;
--version) echo "test-driver $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
--test-name) test_name=$2; shift;;
--log-file) log_file=$2; shift;;
--trs-file) trs_file=$2; shift;;
--color-tests) color_tests=$2; shift;;
--expect-failure) expect_failure=$2; shift;;
--enable-hard-errors) enable_hard_errors=$2; shift;;
--) shift; break;;
-*) usage_error "invalid option: '$1'";;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
missing_opts=
test x"$test_name" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --test-name"
test x"$log_file" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --log-file"
test x"$trs_file" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --trs-file"
if test x"$missing_opts" != x; then
usage_error "the following mandatory options are missing:$missing_opts"
fi
if test $# -eq 0; then
usage_error "missing argument"
fi
if test $color_tests = yes; then
# Keep this in sync with 'lib/am/check.am:$(am__tty_colors)'.
red='' # Red.
grn='' # Green.
lgn='' # Light green.
blu='' # Blue.
mgn='' # Magenta.
std='' # No color.
else
red= grn= lgn= blu= mgn= std=
fi
do_exit='rm -f $log_file $trs_file; (exit $st); exit $st'
trap "st=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "st=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "st=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "st=143; $do_exit" 15
# Test script is run here.
"$@" >$log_file 2>&1
estatus=$?
if test $enable_hard_errors = no && test $estatus -eq 99; then
tweaked_estatus=1
else
tweaked_estatus=$estatus
fi
case $tweaked_estatus:$expect_failure in
0:yes) col=$red res=XPASS recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
0:*) col=$grn res=PASS recheck=no gcopy=no;;
77:*) col=$blu res=SKIP recheck=no gcopy=yes;;
99:*) col=$mgn res=ERROR recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
*:yes) col=$lgn res=XFAIL recheck=no gcopy=yes;;
*:*) col=$red res=FAIL recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
esac
# Report the test outcome and exit status in the logs, so that one can
# know whether the test passed or failed simply by looking at the '.log'
# file, without the need of also peaking into the corresponding '.trs'
# file (automake bug#11814).
echo "$res $test_name (exit status: $estatus)" >>$log_file
# Report outcome to console.
echo "${col}${res}${std}: $test_name"
# Register the test result, and other relevant metadata.
echo ":test-result: $res" > $trs_file
echo ":global-test-result: $res" >> $trs_file
echo ":recheck: $recheck" >> $trs_file
echo ":copy-in-global-log: $gcopy" >> $trs_file
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

11689
build-aux/texinfo.tex Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

277
build-aux/update-copyright Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
eval '(exit $?0)' && eval 'exec perl -wS -0777 -pi "$0" "$@"'
& eval 'exec perl -wS -0777 -pi "$0" $argv:q'
if 0;
# Update an FSF copyright year list to include the current year.
my $VERSION = '2018-03-07.03:47'; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 2009-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Written by Jim Meyering and Joel E. Denny
# The arguments to this script should be names of files that contain
# copyright statements to be updated. The copyright holder's name
# defaults to "Free Software Foundation, Inc." but may be changed to
# any other name by using the "UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER" environment
# variable.
#
# For example, you might wish to use the update-copyright target rule
# in maint.mk from gnulib's maintainer-makefile module.
#
# Iff a copyright statement is recognized in a file and the final
# year is not the current year, then the statement is updated for the
# new year and it is reformatted to:
#
# 1. Fit within 72 columns.
# 2. Convert 2-digit years to 4-digit years by prepending "19".
# 3. Expand copyright year intervals. (See "Environment variables"
# below.)
#
# A warning is printed for every file for which no copyright
# statement is recognized.
#
# Each file's copyright statement must be formatted correctly in
# order to be recognized. For example, each of these is fine:
#
# Copyright @copyright{} 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software
# Foundation, Inc.
#
# # Copyright (C) 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software
# # Foundation, Inc.
#
# /*
# * Copyright &copy; 90,2005,2007-2009
# * Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# */
#
# However, the following format is not recognized because the line
# prefix changes after the first line:
#
# ## Copyright (C) 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software
# # Foundation, Inc.
#
# However, any correctly formatted copyright statement following
# a non-matching copyright statements would be recognized.
#
# The exact conditions that a file's copyright statement must meet
# to be recognized are:
#
# 1. It is the first copyright statement that meets all of the
# following conditions. Subsequent copyright statements are
# ignored.
# 2. Its format is "Copyright (C)", then a list of copyright years,
# and then the name of the copyright holder.
# 3. The "(C)" takes one of the following forms or is omitted
# entirely:
#
# A. (C)
# B. (c)
# C. @copyright{}
# D. &copy;
# E. ©
#
# 4. The "Copyright" appears at the beginning of a line, except that it
# may be prefixed by any sequence (e.g., a comment) of no more than
# 5 characters -- including white space.
# 5. Iff such a prefix is present, the same prefix appears at the
# beginning of each remaining line within the FSF copyright
# statement. There is one exception in order to support C-style
# comments: if the first line's prefix contains nothing but
# whitespace surrounding a "/*", then the prefix for all subsequent
# lines is the same as the first line's prefix except with each of
# "/" and possibly "*" replaced by a " ". The replacement of "*"
# by " " is consistent throughout all subsequent lines.
# 6. Blank lines, even if preceded by the prefix, do not appear
# within the FSF copyright statement.
# 7. Each copyright year is 2 or 4 digits, and years are separated by
# commas or dashes. Whitespace may appear after commas.
#
# Environment variables:
#
# 1. If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_FORCE=1, a recognized FSF copyright statement
# is reformatted even if it does not need updating for the new
# year. If unset or set to 0, only updated FSF copyright
# statements are reformatted.
# 2. If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS=1, every series of consecutive
# copyright years (such as 90, 1991, 1992-2007, 2008) in a
# reformatted FSF copyright statement is collapsed to a single
# interval (such as 1990-2008). If unset or set to 0, all existing
# copyright year intervals in a reformatted FSF copyright statement
# are expanded instead.
# If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS=2, convert a sequence with gaps
# to the minimal containing range. For example, convert
# 2000, 2004-2007, 2009 to 2000-2009.
# 3. For testing purposes, you can set the assumed current year in
# UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_YEAR.
# 4. The default maximum line length for a copyright line is 72.
# Set UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_MAX_LINE_LENGTH to use a different length.
# 5. Set UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER if the copyright holder is other
# than "Free Software Foundation, Inc.".
use strict;
use warnings;
my $copyright_re = 'Copyright';
my $circle_c_re = '(?:\([cC]\)|@copyright\{}|\\\\\(co|&copy;|©)';
my $holder = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER};
$holder ||= 'Free Software Foundation, Inc.';
my $prefix_max = 5;
my $margin = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_MAX_LINE_LENGTH};
!$margin || $margin !~ m/^\d+$/
and $margin = 72;
my $tab_width = 8;
my $this_year = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_YEAR};
if (!$this_year || $this_year !~ m/^\d{4}$/)
{
my ($sec, $min, $hour, $mday, $month, $year) = localtime (time ());
$this_year = $year + 1900;
}
# Unless the file consistently uses "\r\n" as the EOL, use "\n" instead.
my $eol = /(?:^|[^\r])\n/ ? "\n" : "\r\n";
my $leading;
my $prefix;
my $ws_re;
my $stmt_re;
while (/(^|\n)(.{0,$prefix_max})$copyright_re/g)
{
$leading = "$1$2";
$prefix = $2;
if ($prefix =~ /^(\s*\/)\*(\s*)$/)
{
$prefix =~ s,/, ,;
my $prefix_ws = $prefix;
$prefix_ws =~ s/\*/ /; # Only whitespace.
if (/\G(?:[^*\n]|\*[^\/\n])*\*?\n$prefix_ws/)
{
$prefix = $prefix_ws;
}
}
$ws_re = '[ \t\r\f]'; # \s without \n
$ws_re =
"(?:$ws_re*(?:$ws_re|\\n" . quotemeta($prefix) . ")$ws_re*)";
my $holder_re = $holder;
$holder_re =~ s/\s/$ws_re/g;
my $stmt_remainder_re =
"(?:$ws_re$circle_c_re)?"
. "$ws_re(?:(?:\\d\\d)?\\d\\d(?:,$ws_re?|-))*"
. "((?:\\d\\d)?\\d\\d)$ws_re$holder_re";
if (/\G$stmt_remainder_re/)
{
$stmt_re =
quotemeta($leading) . "($copyright_re$stmt_remainder_re)";
last;
}
}
if (defined $stmt_re)
{
/$stmt_re/ or die; # Should never die.
my $stmt = $1;
my $final_year_orig = $2;
# Handle two-digit year numbers like "98" and "99".
my $final_year = $final_year_orig;
$final_year <= 99
and $final_year += 1900;
if ($final_year != $this_year)
{
# Update the year.
$stmt =~ s/\b$final_year_orig\b/$final_year, $this_year/;
}
if ($final_year != $this_year || $ENV{'UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_FORCE'})
{
# Normalize all whitespace including newline-prefix sequences.
$stmt =~ s/$ws_re/ /g;
# Put spaces after commas.
$stmt =~ s/, ?/, /g;
# Convert 2-digit to 4-digit years.
$stmt =~ s/(\b\d\d\b)/19$1/g;
# Make the use of intervals consistent.
if (!$ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS})
{
$stmt =~ s/(\d{4})-(\d{4})/join(', ', $1..$2)/eg;
}
else
{
$stmt =~
s/
(\d{4})
(?:
(,\ |-)
((??{
if ($2 eq '-') { '\d{4}'; }
elsif (!$3) { $1 + 1; }
else { $3 + 1; }
}))
)+
/$1-$3/gx;
# When it's 2, emit a single range encompassing all year numbers.
$ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS} == 2
and $stmt =~ s/\b(\d{4})\b.*\b(\d{4})\b/$1-$2/;
}
# Format within margin.
my $stmt_wrapped;
my $text_margin = $margin - length($prefix);
if ($prefix =~ /^(\t+)/)
{
$text_margin -= length($1) * ($tab_width - 1);
}
while (length $stmt)
{
if (($stmt =~ s/^(.{1,$text_margin})(?: |$)//)
|| ($stmt =~ s/^([\S]+)(?: |$)//))
{
my $line = $1;
$stmt_wrapped .= $stmt_wrapped ? "$eol$prefix" : $leading;
$stmt_wrapped .= $line;
}
else
{
# Should be unreachable, but we don't want an infinite
# loop if it can be reached.
die;
}
}
# Replace the old copyright statement.
s/$stmt_re/$stmt_wrapped/;
}
}
else
{
print STDERR "$ARGV: warning: copyright statement not found\n";
}
# Hey Emacs!
# Local variables:
# coding: utf-8
# mode: perl
# indent-tabs-mode: nil
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H:%02M"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
# End:

210
build-aux/useless-if-before-free Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
eval '(exit $?0)' && eval 'exec perl -wST "$0" "$@"'
& eval 'exec perl -wST "$0" $argv:q'
if 0;
# Detect instances of "if (p) free (p);".
# Likewise "if (p != 0)", "if (0 != p)", or with NULL; and with braces.
my $VERSION = '2018-03-07 03:47'; # UTC
# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
# Copyright (C) 2008-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Written by Jim Meyering
use strict;
use warnings;
use Getopt::Long;
(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
# use File::Coda; # https://meyering.net/code/Coda/
END {
defined fileno STDOUT or return;
close STDOUT and return;
warn "$ME: failed to close standard output: $!\n";
$? ||= 1;
}
sub usage ($)
{
my ($exit_code) = @_;
my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
if ($exit_code != 0)
{
print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
}
else
{
print $STREAM <<EOF;
Usage: $ME [OPTIONS] FILE...
Detect any instance in FILE of a useless "if" test before a free call, e.g.,
"if (p) free (p);". Any such test may be safely removed without affecting
the semantics of the C code in FILE. Use --name=FOO --name=BAR to also
detect free-like functions named FOO and BAR.
OPTIONS:
--list print only the name of each matching FILE (\\0-terminated)
--name=N add name N to the list of \'free\'-like functions to detect;
may be repeated
--help display this help and exit
--version output version information and exit
Exit status:
0 one or more matches
1 no match
2 an error
EXAMPLE:
For example, this command prints all removable "if" tests before "free"
and "kfree" calls in the linux kernel sources:
git ls-files -z |xargs -0 $ME --name=kfree
EOF
}
exit $exit_code;
}
sub is_NULL ($)
{
my ($expr) = @_;
return ($expr eq 'NULL' || $expr eq '0');
}
{
sub EXIT_MATCH {0}
sub EXIT_NO_MATCH {1}
sub EXIT_ERROR {2}
my $err = EXIT_NO_MATCH;
my $list;
my @name = qw(free);
GetOptions
(
help => sub { usage 0 },
version => sub { print "$ME version $VERSION\n"; exit },
list => \$list,
'name=s@' => \@name,
) or usage 1;
# Make sure we have the right number of non-option arguments.
# Always tell the user why we fail.
@ARGV < 1
and (warn "$ME: missing FILE argument\n"), usage EXIT_ERROR;
my $or = join '|', @name;
my $regexp = qr/(?:$or)/;
# Set the input record separator.
# Note: this makes it impractical to print line numbers.
$/ = '"';
my $found_match = 0;
FILE:
foreach my $file (@ARGV)
{
open FH, '<', $file
or (warn "$ME: can't open '$file' for reading: $!\n"),
$err = EXIT_ERROR, next;
while (defined (my $line = <FH>))
{
# Skip non-matching lines early to save time
$line =~ /\bif\b/
or next;
while ($line =~
/\b(if\s*\(\s*([^)]+?)(?:\s*!=\s*([^)]+?))?\s*\)
# 1 2 3
(?: \s*$regexp\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*([^)]+)\)\s*;|
\s*\{\s*$regexp\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*([^)]+)\)\s*;\s*\}))/sxg)
{
my $all = $1;
my ($lhs, $rhs) = ($2, $3);
my ($free_opnd, $braced_free_opnd) = ($4, $5);
my $non_NULL;
if (!defined $rhs) { $non_NULL = $lhs }
elsif (is_NULL $rhs) { $non_NULL = $lhs }
elsif (is_NULL $lhs) { $non_NULL = $rhs }
else { next }
# Compare the non-NULL part of the "if" expression and the
# free'd expression, without regard to white space.
$non_NULL =~ tr/ \t//d;
my $e2 = defined $free_opnd ? $free_opnd : $braced_free_opnd;
$e2 =~ tr/ \t//d;
if ($non_NULL eq $e2)
{
$found_match = 1;
$list
and (print "$file\0"), next FILE;
print "$file: $all\n";
}
}
}
}
continue
{
close FH;
}
$found_match && $err == EXIT_NO_MATCH
and $err = EXIT_MATCH;
exit $err;
}
my $foo = <<'EOF';
# The above is to *find* them.
# This adjusts them, removing the unnecessary "if (p)" part.
# FIXME: do something like this as an option (doesn't do braces):
free=xfree
git grep -l -z "$free *(" \
| xargs -0 useless-if-before-free -l --name="$free" \
| xargs -0 perl -0x3b -pi -e \
's/\bif\s*\(\s*(\S+?)(?:\s*!=\s*(?:0|NULL))?\s*\)\s+('"$free"'\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*\1\s*\)\s*;)/$2/s'
# Use the following to remove redundant uses of kfree inside braces.
# Note that -0777 puts perl in slurp-whole-file mode;
# but we have plenty of memory, these days...
free=kfree
git grep -l -z "$free *(" \
| xargs -0 useless-if-before-free -l --name="$free" \
| xargs -0 perl -0777 -pi -e \
's/\bif\s*\(\s*(\S+?)(?:\s*!=\s*(?:0|NULL))?\s*\)\s*\{\s*('"$free"'\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*\1\s*\);)\s*\}[^\n]*$/$2/gms'
Be careful that the result of the above transformation is valid.
If the matched string is followed by "else", then obviously, it won't be.
When modifying files, refuse to process anything other than a regular file.
EOF
## Local Variables:
## mode: perl
## indent-tabs-mode: nil
## eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
## time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
## time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
## time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
## time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
## End:

113
build-aux/vc-list-files Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
#!/bin/sh
# List version-controlled file names.
# Print a version string.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 2006-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# List the specified version-controlled files.
# With no argument, list them all. With a single DIRECTORY argument,
# list the version-controlled files in that directory.
# If there's an argument, it must be a single, "."-relative directory name.
# cvsu is part of the cvsutils package: http://www.red-bean.com/cvsutils/
postprocess=
case $1 in
--help) cat <<EOF
Usage: $0 [-C SRCDIR] [DIR...]
Output a list of version-controlled files in DIR (default .), relative to
SRCDIR (default .). SRCDIR must be the top directory of a checkout.
Options:
--help print this help, then exit
--version print version number, then exit
-C SRCDIR change directory to SRCDIR before generating list
Report bugs and patches to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit ;;
--version)
year=`echo "$scriptversion" | sed 's/[^0-9].*//'`
cat <<EOF
vc-list-files $scriptversion
Copyright (C) $year Free Software Foundation, Inc,
License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>
This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
EOF
exit ;;
-C)
test "$2" = . || postprocess="| sed 's|^|$2/|'"
cd "$2" || exit 1
shift; shift ;;
esac
test $# = 0 && set .
for dir
do
if test -d .git || test -f .git; then
test "x$dir" = x. \
&& dir= sed_esc= \
|| { dir="$dir/"; sed_esc=`echo "$dir"|env sed 's,\([\\/]\),\\\\\1,g'`; }
# Ignore git symlinks - either they point into the tree, in which case
# we don't need to visit the target twice, or they point somewhere
# else (often into a submodule), in which case the content does not
# belong to this package.
eval exec git ls-tree -r 'HEAD:"$dir"' \
\| sed -n '"s/^100[^ ]*./$sed_esc/p"' $postprocess
elif test -d .hg; then
eval exec hg locate '"$dir/*"' $postprocess
elif test -d .bzr; then
test "$postprocess" = '' && postprocess="| sed 's|^\./||'"
eval exec bzr ls -R --versioned '"$dir"' $postprocess
elif test -d CVS; then
test "$postprocess" = '' && postprocess="| sed 's|^\./||'"
if test -x build-aux/cvsu; then
eval build-aux/cvsu --find --types=AFGM '"$dir"' $postprocess
elif (cvsu --help) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
eval cvsu --find --types=AFGM '"$dir"' $postprocess
else
eval awk -F/ \''{ \
if (!$1 && $3 !~ /^-/) { \
f=FILENAME; \
if (f ~ /CVS\/Entries$/) \
f = substr(f, 1, length(f)-11); \
print f $2; \
}}'\'' \
`find "$dir" -name Entries -print` /dev/null' $postprocess
fi
elif test -d .svn; then
eval exec svn list -R '"$dir"' $postprocess
else
echo "$0: Failed to determine type of version control used in `pwd`" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
done
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

49012
configure vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

867
configure.ac Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,867 @@
dnl Template file for GNU Autoconf
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2001, 2007-2014, 2018-2019 Free Software
dnl Foundation, Inc.
dnl This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
dnl (at your option) any later version.
dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
dnl GNU General Public License for more details.
dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
dnl along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
dnl Additional permission under GNU GPL version 3 section 7
dnl If you modify this program, or any covered work, by linking or
dnl combining it with the OpenSSL project's OpenSSL library (or a
dnl modified version of that library), containing parts covered by the
dnl terms of the OpenSSL or SSLeay licenses, the Free Software Foundation
dnl grants you additional permission to convey the resulting work.
dnl Corresponding Source for a non-source form of such a combination
dnl shall include the source code for the parts of OpenSSL used as well
dnl as that of the covered work.
dnl
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
dnl
AC_INIT([wget],
m4_esyscmd([build-aux/git-version-gen .tarball-version]),
[bug-wget@gnu.org])
AC_PREREQ(2.63)
dnl
dnl What version of Wget are we building?
dnl
AC_MSG_NOTICE([configuring for GNU Wget $PACKAGE_VERSION])
AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])
AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([build-aux])
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/wget.h])
dnl
dnl Automake setup
dnl
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.9])
dnl
dnl Get canonical host
dnl
AC_CANONICAL_HOST
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([OS_TYPE], "$host_os",
[Define to be the name of the operating system.])
dnl Non-verbose make
m4_ifdef([AM_SILENT_RULES], [AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])])
dnl
dnl Process External Libraries
dnl
dnl Libpsl: Public Suffix List checking
AC_ARG_WITH([libpsl],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--without-libpsl], [disable support for libpsl cookie checking.])])
dnl SSL: Configure SSL backend to use
AC_ARG_WITH([ssl],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ssl={gnutls,openssl}], [specify SSL backend. GNU TLS is the default.])])
dnl Zlib: Configure use of zlib for compression
AC_ARG_WITH([zlib],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--without-zlib], [disable zlib.])])
dnl Metalink: Configure use of the Metalink library
AC_ARG_WITH([metalink],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-metalink], [enable support for metalinks.])])
dnl C-Ares: Configure use of the c-ares library for DNS lookup
AC_ARG_WITH(cares, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-cares], [enable support for C-Ares DNS lookup.]), with_cares=$withval, with_cares=no)
dnl
dnl Process features
dnl
AC_ARG_ENABLE([fuzzing],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-fuzzing], [Turn on fuzzing build (for developers)])],
[enable_fuzzing=yes;
AC_SUBST([LIB_FUZZING_ENGINE])
AC_DEFINE([FUZZING], 1, [Define to 1 if this is a fuzzing build])
], [enable_fuzzing=no; LIB_FUZZING_ENGINE=""])
#FUZZ_LIBS=$LIBS
#if test $enable_fuzzing = "yes"; then
# OLD_LIBS=$LIBS
# AC_SEARCH_LIBS([dlsym], [dl dld])
# FUZZ_LIBS=$LIBS
# LIBS=$OLD_LIBS
#fi
#AC_SUBST([FUZZ_LIBS])
AM_CONDITIONAL([FUZZING], [test "$enable_fuzzing" = "yes"])
dnl needed for some fuzzers
OLD_LIBS="$LIBS"
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([dlopen], [dl dld])
if [[ "${ac_cv_search_dlopen#-l}" != "${ac_cv_search_dlopen}" ]]; then
FUZZ_LIBS="${ac_cv_search_dlopen}"
AC_SUBST([FUZZ_LIBS])
fi
LIBS="$OLD_LIBS"
dnl Opie: Support for opie s/key FTP logins
AC_ARG_ENABLE([opie],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-opie], [disable support for opie or s/key FTP login])],
[ENABLE_OPIE=$enableval],
[ENABLE_OPIE=yes])
AS_IF([test "x$ENABLE_OPIE" = xyes],
[AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_OPIE], [1], [Define if you want Opie support for FTP compiled in.])],
[]
)
dnl Digest: Support for HTTP Digest Authentication
AC_ARG_ENABLE([digest],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-digest], [disable support for HTTP digest authorization])],
[ENABLE_DIGEST=$enableval],
[ENABLE_DIGEST=yes])
AS_IF([test "x$ENABLE_DIGEST" = xyes],
[AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_DIGEST], [1], [Define if you want the HTTP Digest Authorization compiled in.])],
[]
)
dnl NTLM: Support for HTTP NTLM Authentication
AC_ARG_ENABLE([ntlm],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-ntlm], [disable support for NTLM authorization])],
[ENABLE_NTLM=$enableval],
[ENABLE_NTLM=auto]
)
dnl Debug: Support for printing debugging output
AC_ARG_ENABLE([debug],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-debug], [disable support for debugging output])],
[ENABLE_DEBUG=$enableval],
[ENABLE_DEBUG=yes])
AS_IF([test "x$ENABLE_DEBUG" = xyes],
[AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_DEBUG], [1], [Define if you want the debug output support compiled in.])],
[]
)
dnl Valgrind-tests: Should test suite be run under valgrind?
AC_ARG_ENABLE(valgrind-tests,
[AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-valgrind-tests], [enable using Valgrind for tests])],
[ENABLE_VALGRIND=$enableval],
[ENABLE_VALGRIND=no])
AS_IF([test "x$ENABLE_VALGRIND" != xno], [
AC_CHECK_PROG(HAVE_VALGRIND, valgrind, yes, no)
AS_IF([test "x$HAVE_VALGRIND" = xyes], [
VALGRIND_TESTS="1"
AC_SUBST(VALGRIND_TESTS)
VALGRIND_INFO="Test suite will be run under Valgrind"
], [
VALGRIND_INFO="Valgrind not found"
])
], [
VALGRIND_INFO="Valgrind testing not enabled"
])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(assert,
[AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-assert], [enable assertions in code base])],
[ENABLE_ASSERTION=$enableval],
[ENABLE_ASSERTION=no]
)
AS_IF([test "x$ENABLE_ASSERTION" != xyes], [
CFLAGS="-DNDEBUG $CFLAGS"
],
[])
dnl
dnl Find the compiler
dnl
dnl We want these before the checks, so the checks can modify their values.
test -z "$CFLAGS" && CFLAGS= auto_cflags=1
test -z "$CC" && cc_specified=yes
AC_PROG_CC
AM_PROG_CC_C_O
AC_AIX
gl_EARLY
dnl
dnl Find python3
dnl
AM_PATH_PYTHON([3.0],,[:])
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_PYTHON3], [test "$PYTHON" != :])
dnl
dnl Gettext
dnl
AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external],[need-ngettext])
AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.17])
AC_PROG_RANLIB
AC_PROG_LEX
dnl Turn on optimization by default. Specifically:
dnl
dnl if the user hasn't specified CFLAGS, then
dnl if compiler is gcc, then
dnl use -O2 and some warning flags
dnl else
dnl use os-specific flags or -O
dnl
dnl For these tests, the system considers clang to be gcc
if test -n "$auto_cflags"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O2 -Wall -Wextra"
else
case "$host_os" in
*hpux*) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +O3" ;;
*ultrix* | *osf*) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O -Olimit 2000" ;;
*) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O" ;;
esac
fi
fi
dnl
dnl Checks for basic compiler characteristics.
dnl
AC_C_CONST
AC_C_INLINE
AC_C_VOLATILE
dnl Check for basic headers, even though we expect them to exist and
dnl #include them unconditionally in the code. Their detection is
dnl still needed because test programs used by Autoconf macros check.
dnl Without the checks they will fail to be included in test programs,
dnl which will subsequently fail.
AC_HEADER_STDC
dnl Check for large file support. This check needs to come fairly
dnl early because it could (in principle) affect whether functions and
dnl headers are available, whether they work, etc.
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(off_t)
dnl
dnl Checks for system header files that might be missing.
dnl
AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h sys/time.h)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(termios.h sys/ioctl.h sys/select.h utime.h sys/utime.h)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h inttypes.h pwd.h wchar.h dlfcn.h)
AC_CHECK_DECLS(h_errno,,,[#include <netdb.h>])
dnl
dnl Check sizes of integer types. These are used to find n-bit
dnl integral types on older systems that fail to provide intN_t and
dnl uintN_t typedefs.
dnl
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([short])
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([int])
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([long])
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([long long])
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([void *])
dnl
dnl Checks for non-universal or system-specific types.
dnl
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_CHECK_TYPES([uint32_t, uintptr_t, intptr_t, int64_t])
AC_CHECK_TYPES(sig_atomic_t, [], [], [
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <signal.h>
])
# gnulib, AM_ICONV should be placed before gl_INIT
AM_ICONV
gl_INIT
dnl
dnl Checks for library functions.
dnl
AC_FUNC_MMAP
AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strptime timegm vsnprintf vasprintf drand48 pathconf)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strtoll usleep ftello sigblock sigsetjmp memrchr wcwidth mbtowc)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(sleep symlink utime strlcpy random fmemopen)
if test x"$ENABLE_OPIE" = xyes; then
AC_LIBOBJ([ftp-opie])
fi
dnl We expect to have these functions on Unix-like systems configure
dnl runs on. The defines are provided to get them in config.h.in so
dnl Wget can still be ported to non-Unix systems (such as Windows)
dnl that lack some of these functions.
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRCASECMP], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function.])
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRNCASECMP], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `strncasecmp' function.])
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRDUP], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function.])
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ISATTY], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `isatty' function.])
dnl Deal with specific hosts
case $host_os in
*mingw32* )
LIBS+=' -lws2_32'
AC_LIBOBJ([mswindows])
;;
esac
dnl
dnl Checks for libraries.
dnl
PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
AS_IF([test "x$with_libpsl" != xno], [
PKG_CHECK_MODULES([LIBPSL], libpsl, [
with_libpsl=yes
# correct $LIBPSL_LIBS (in libpsl <= 0.6.0)
AS_IF([test "x$LIBPSL_LIBS" = "x-llibpsl "], [LIBPSL_LIBS="-lpsl"])
LIBS="$LIBPSL_LIBS $LIBS"
CFLAGS="$LIBPSL_CFLAGS $CFLAGS"
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBPSL], [1], [PSL support enabled])
], [
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(psl_builtin, psl,
[with_libpsl=yes; AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBPSL], [1], [PSL support enabled])],
[with_libpsl=no; AC_MSG_WARN(*** libpsl was not found. Fallback to builtin cookie checking.)])
])
])
AS_IF([test x"$with_libpsl" = xyes], [
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(psl_latest)
])
AS_IF([test x"$with_zlib" != xno], [
with_zlib=yes
PKG_CHECK_MODULES([ZLIB], zlib, [
LIBS="$ZLIB_LIBS $LIBS"
CFLAGS="$ZLIB_CFLAGS $CFLAGS"
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBZ], [1], [Define if using zlib.])
], [
AC_CHECK_LIB(z, compress)
])
])
AS_IF([test x"$with_ssl" = xopenssl], [
if [test x"$with_libssl_prefix" = x]; then
PKG_CHECK_MODULES([OPENSSL], [openssl], [
AC_MSG_NOTICE([compiling in support for SSL via OpenSSL])
AC_LIBOBJ([openssl])
LIBS="$OPENSSL_LIBS $LIBS"
CFLAGS="$OPENSSL_CFLAGS -DHAVE_LIBSSL $CFLAGS"
LIBSSL=" " # ntlm check below wants this
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([RAND_egd])
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBSSL], [1], [Define if using openssl.])
ssl_found=yes
])
fi
if [test x"$ssl_found" != xyes]; then
dnl As of this writing (OpenSSL 0.9.6), the libcrypto shared library
dnl doesn't record its dependency on libdl, so we need to make sure
dnl -ldl ends up in LIBS on systems that have it. Most OSes use
dnl dlopen(), but HP-UX uses shl_load().
AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen, [], [
AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, shl_load)
])
ssl_found=no
case $host_os in
*mingw32* )
dnl prefer link to openssl dlls if possible. if not then fallback on static libs. if not then error
AC_CHECK_LIB(eay32, EVP_MD_CTX_init)
if test x"$ac_cv_lib_eay32_EVP_MD_CTX_init" != xno
then
AC_CHECK_LIB(ssl32, SSL_connect, [
ssl_found=yes
AC_MSG_NOTICE([Enabling support for SSL via OpenSSL (shared)])
AC_LIBOBJ([openssl])
LIBS="${LIBS} -lssl32"
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBSSL32], [1], [Define to 1 if you have the `ssl32' library (-lssl32).])
],
AC_MSG_ERROR([openssl not found: shared lib eay32 found but ssl32 not found]))
else
LIBS+=' -lgdi32'
dnl fallback and test static libs
fi
dnl add zdll lib as dep for above tests?
;;
esac
AS_IF([test x$ssl_found != xyes], [
dnl Now actually check for -lssl if it wasn't already found
AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS([ssl], [crypto], [
#include <openssl/ssl.h>
#include <openssl/x509.h>
#include <openssl/err.h>
#include <openssl/rand.h>
#include <openssl/des.h>
#include <openssl/md4.h>
#include <openssl/md5.h>
], [SSL_library_init ()])
if test x"$LIBSSL" != x
then
ssl_found=yes
AC_MSG_NOTICE([compiling in support for SSL via OpenSSL])
AC_LIBOBJ([openssl])
LIBS="$LIBSSL $LIBS"
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([RAND_egd])
elif test x"$with_ssl" != x
then
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ssl=openssl was given, but SSL is not available.])
fi
])
fi
], [
# --with-ssl is not openssl: check if it's no
AS_IF([test x"$with_ssl" != xno], [
dnl default is -lgnutls
with_ssl=gnutls
dnl Now actually check for -lgnutls
if [test x"$with_libgnutls_prefix" = x]; then
PKG_CHECK_MODULES([GNUTLS], [gnutls], [
AC_MSG_NOTICE([compiling in support for SSL via GnuTLS])
AC_LIBOBJ([gnutls])
LIBS="$GNUTLS_LIBS $LIBS"
CFLAGS="$GNUTLS_CFLAGS -DHAVE_LIBGNUTLS $CFLAGS"
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBGNUTLS], [1], [Define if using gnutls.])
ssl_found=yes
])
fi
if [test x"$ssl_found" != xyes]; then
AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS([gnutls], [], [
#include <gnutls/gnutls.h>
], [gnutls_global_init()])
if test x"$LIBGNUTLS" != x
then
ssl_found=yes
AC_MSG_NOTICE([compiling in support for SSL via GnuTLS])
AC_LIBOBJ([gnutls])
LIBS="$LIBGNUTLS $LIBS"
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([GnuTLS has not been found. Use --with-ssl=openssl if you explicitly want OpenSSL.])
fi
fi
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gnutls_priority_set_direct)
]) # endif: --with-ssl != no?
]) # endif: --with-ssl == openssl?
dnl Enable NTLM if requested and if SSL is available.
if test x"$LIBSSL" != x || test "$ac_cv_lib_ssl32_SSL_connect" = yes
then
if test x"$ENABLE_NTLM" != xno
then
ENABLE_NTLM=yes
AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_NTLM], 1,
[Define if you want the NTLM authorization support compiled in.])
AC_LIBOBJ([http-ntlm])
fi
else
AC_CHECK_LIB(nettle, nettle_md4_init, [HAVE_NETTLE=yes], [HAVE_NETTLE=no; AC_MSG_WARN(*** libnettle was not found. You will not be able to use NTLM)])
if test x"$HAVE_NETTLE" = xyes
then
AC_SUBST(NETTLE_LIBS, "-lnettle")
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_NETTLE], [1], [Use libnettle])
if test x"$ENABLE_NTLM" != xno
then
ENABLE_NTLM=yes
AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_NTLM], 1,
[Define if you want the NTLM authorization support compiled in.])
AC_LIBOBJ([http-ntlm])
LIBS="$NETTLE_LIBS $LIBS"
fi
else
dnl If SSL is unavailable and the user explicitly requested NTLM,
dnl abort.
if test x"$ENABLE_NTLM" = xyes
then
AC_MSG_ERROR([NTLM authorization requested and SSL not enabled; aborting])
fi
fi
fi
dnl **********************************************************************
dnl Checks for IPv6
dnl **********************************************************************
dnl
dnl We test for IPv6 by checking, in turn, for availability of
dnl presence of the INET6 address/protocol family and the existence of
dnl struct sockaddr_in6. If any of them is missing, IPv6 is disabled,
dnl and the code reverts to old-style gethostbyname.
dnl
dnl If --enable-ipv6 is explicitly specified on the configure command
dnl line, we check for IPv6 and abort if not found. If --disable-ipv6
dnl is specified, we disable IPv6 and don't check for it. The default
dnl is to autodetect IPv6 and use it where available.
dnl
AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6,
AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ipv6],[disable IPv6 support]),
[case "${enable_ipv6}" in
no)
AC_MSG_NOTICE([disabling IPv6 at user request])
dnl Disable IPv6 checking
ipv6=no
;;
yes)
dnl IPv6 explicitly enabled: force its use (abort if unavailable).
ipv6=yes
force_ipv6=yes
;;
auto)
dnl Auto-detect IPv6, i.e. check for IPv6, but don't force it.
ipv6=yes
;;
*)
AC_MSG_ERROR([Invalid --enable-ipv6 argument \`$enable_ipv6'])
;;
esac
], [
dnl If nothing is specified, assume auto-detection.
ipv6=yes
]
)
if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
PROTO_INET6([], [
AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support the PF_INET6 protocol family])
ipv6=no
])
fi
if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
TYPE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6([],[
AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support \`struct sockaddr_in6'])
ipv6=no
])
if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
WGET_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE
MEMBER_SIN6_SCOPE_ID
fi
fi
if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_IPV6], 1, [Define if IPv6 support is enabled.])
AC_MSG_NOTICE([Enabling support for IPv6.])
elif test "x$force_ipv6" = "xyes"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([IPv6 support requested but not found; aborting])
fi
dnl
dnl Find makeinfo. We used to provide support for Emacs processing
dnl Texinfo using `emacs -batch -eval ...' where makeinfo is
dnl unavailable, but that broke with the addition of makeinfo-specific
dnl command-line options, such as `-I'. Now we depend on makeinfo to
dnl build the Info documentation.
dnl
AC_CHECK_PROGS(MAKEINFO, [makeinfo], [true])
dnl
dnl Find perl and pod2man
dnl
AC_PATH_PROGS(PERL, [perl5 perl], no)
AC_PATH_PROG(POD2MAN, pod2man, no)
if test "x${POD2MAN}" = xno; then
COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN="# "
else
COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN=
fi
AC_SUBST(COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN)
dnl
dnl Check for IDN/IRIs
dnl
AC_ARG_ENABLE(iri,
AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-iri],[disable IDN/IRIs support]),
[case "${enable_iri}" in
no)
dnl Disable IRIs checking
AC_MSG_NOTICE([disabling IRIs at user request])
iri=no
;;
yes)
dnl IRIs explicitly enabled
iri=yes
force_iri=yes
;;
auto)
dnl Auto-detect IRI
iri=yes
;;
*)
AC_MSG_ERROR([Invalid --enable-iri argument \`$enable_iri'])
;;
esac
], [
dnl If nothing is specified, assume auto-detection
iri=yes
]
)
AS_IF([test "X$iri" != "Xno"],[
if test "X$am_cv_func_iconv" != "Xyes"; then
iri=no
if test "X$force_iri" = "Xyes"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([Libiconv is required for IRIs support])
else
AC_MSG_NOTICE([disabling IRIs because libiconv wasn't found])
fi
fi
])
AC_ARG_WITH(libidn, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-libidn=[DIR]],
[Support IDN2008/IRIs (needs GNU libidn2 + libunicode)]),
libidn=$withval, libidn="")
if test "X$iri" != "Xno"; then
AS_IF([test "x$with_libidn2" != xno], [
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(idn2_lookup_u8, idn2,
[with_libidn2=yes; AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_IRI], 1, [Define if IRI support is enabled.])],
[with_libidn2=no; iri=no; AC_MSG_WARN(*** LIBIDN2 was not found. You will not be able to use IDN2008 support)])
# AS_IF([test "x$with_libidn2" = xyes], [
# AC_SEARCH_LIBS(u8_tolower, unistring,
# [AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_IRI], 1, [Define if IRI support is enabled.])],
# [iri=no; AC_MSG_WARN(*** LIBUNISTRING was not found. You will not be able to use IDN2008 support)])
# ])
])
fi
dnl
dnl Check for UUID
dnl
AC_ARG_WITH(libuuid, AC_HELP_STRING([--without-libuuid],
[Generate UUIDs for WARC files via libuuid]))
AS_IF([test "x$with_libuuid" = xyes], [
# libuuid was explicitly requested
PKG_CHECK_MODULES([UUID], uuid, [
LIBS="$UUID_LIBS $LIBS"
CFLAGS="$UUID_CFLAGS $CFLAGS"
uuid_mode=1
], [
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(uuid_generate, uuid,
[uuid_mode=1],
[AC_MSG_ERROR(*** libuuid was explicitly requested but wasn't found.)])
])
], [test "x$with_libuuid" = xno], [
# libuuid was explicitly *not* requested
AC_CHECK_HEADER(uuid.h,
AC_CHECK_FUNC(uuid_create, [uuid_mode=2]))
], [
# default:
AC_CHECK_HEADER(uuid.h, [
AC_CHECK_FUNC(uuid_create, [uuid_mode=2])
], [
AC_CHECK_HEADER(uuid/uuid.h,
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(uuid_generate, uuid, [uuid_mode=1]))
])
])
AS_IF([test "x$uuid_mode" = x1], [
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBUUID], [1], [Define if using libuuid.])
], [test "x$uuid_mode" = x2], [
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UUID_CREATE], 1, [Define if uuid_create is available.])
])
dnl
dnl Check for PCRE2 / PCRE
dnl
AC_ARG_ENABLE(pcre2, AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-pcre2],
[Disable PCRE2 style regular expressions]))
AC_ARG_ENABLE(pcre, AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-pcre],
[Disable PCRE style regular expressions]))
AS_IF([test "X$enable_pcre2" != "Xno"],[
enable_pcre2=no
PKG_CHECK_MODULES([PCRE2], libpcre2-8, [
CFLAGS="$PCRE2_CFLAGS $CFLAGS"
LIBS="$PCRE2_LIBS $LIBS"
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBPCRE2], [1], [Define if libpcre2 is available.])
enable_pcre2=yes
], [
AC_CHECK_HEADER(pcre2.h, [
AC_CHECK_LIB(pcre2-8, pcre2_compile_8, [
LIBS="${LIBS} -lpcre2-8"
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBPCRE2], 1, [Define if libpcre2 is available.])
enable_pcre2=yes
])
])
])
])
AS_IF([test "X$enable_pcre" != "Xno" && test "X$enable_pcre2" != "Xyes"],[
PKG_CHECK_MODULES([PCRE], libpcre, [
CFLAGS="$PCRE_CFLAGS $CFLAGS"
AC_CHECK_HEADER(pcre.h, [
LIBS="$PCRE_LIBS $LIBS"
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBPCRE], [1], [Define if libpcre is available.])
enable_pcre=yes
])
], [
AC_CHECK_HEADER(pcre.h, [
AC_CHECK_LIB(pcre, pcre_compile, [
LIBS="${LIBS} -lpcre"
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBPCRE], 1, [Define if libpcre is available.])
])
])
])
])
AS_IF([test "X$enable_pcre2" = Xyes], [PCRE_INFO="yes, via libpcre2"], [test "X$enable_pcre" = Xyes], [PCRE_INFO="yes, via libpcre"], [PCRE_INFO=no])
dnl
dnl Check for libcares (resolver library)
dnl
AS_IF([test "X$with_cares" = "Xyes"],[
PKG_CHECK_MODULES([CARES], libcares, [
CFLAGS="$CARES_CFLAGS $CFLAGS"
AC_CHECK_HEADER(ares.h, [
LIBS="$CARES_LIBS $LIBS"
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBCARES], [1], [Define if libcares is available.])
RESOLVER_INFO="libcares, --bind-dns-address and --dns-servers available"
])
], [
AC_CHECK_HEADER(ares.h, [
AC_CHECK_LIB(cares, ares_set_local_ip4, [
LIBS="-lcares ${LIBS}"
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBCARES], 1, [Define if libcares is available.])
RESOLVER_INFO="libcares, --bind-dns-address and --dns-servers available"
])
])
])
], [
RESOLVER_INFO="libc, --bind-dns-address and --dns-servers not available"
])
dnl
dnl Check for libmetalink
dnl
AS_IF([test x"$with_metalink" != xno], [
PKG_CHECK_MODULES([METALINK], libmetalink, [
LIBS="$METALINK_LIBS $LIBS"
CFLAGS="$METALINK_CFLAGS $CFLAGS"
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_METALINK], [1], [Define if using metalink.])
with_metalink=yes
], [
with_metalink=no
])
have_gpg=no
AS_IF([test x"$with_metalink" = xyes], [
dnl
dnl Check for GPGME
dnl
m4_ifdef([AM_PATH_GPGME], [
AM_PATH_GPGME([], [
# Put libgpgme to the end of the library list since it introduces a -L linker flags.
# That -L might break the build if there are two different version of
# a library (e.g. GnuTLS) in /usr/local and in the system directory.
LIBS="$LIBS $GPGME_LIBS"
CFLAGS="$GPGME_CFLAGS $CFLAGS"
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_GPGME], [1], [Define if GPGME is available.])
have_gpg=yes
])
])
])
])
dnl
dnl Extended Attribute support
dnl
AC_ARG_ENABLE([xattr],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xattr], [disable support for POSIX Extended Attributes])],
[ENABLE_XATTR=$enableval],
[ENABLE_XATTR=yes])
case "$host_os" in
*linux* | *darwin*) xattr_syscalls="fsetxattr" ;;
freebsd*) xattr_syscalls="extattr_set_fd" ;;
*) AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling Extended Attribute support: your system is not known to support extended attributes.])
ENABLE_XATTR=no
esac
if test "X${ENABLE_XATTR}" = "Xyes"; then
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([$xattr_syscalls], [], [
AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling Extended Attribute support: your system does not support $xattr_syscalls])
ENABLE_XATTR=no
])
fi
test "X${ENABLE_XATTR}" = "Xyes" && AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_XATTR], 1,
[Define if you want file meta-data storing into POSIX Extended Attributes compiled in.])
dnl Needed by src/Makefile.am
AM_CONDITIONAL([IRI_IS_ENABLED], [test "X$iri" != "Xno"])
AM_CONDITIONAL([WITH_SSL], [test "X$with_ssl" != "Xno"])
AM_CONDITIONAL([METALINK_IS_ENABLED], [test "X$with_metalink" != "Xno"])
AM_CONDITIONAL([WITH_XATTR], [test "X$ENABLE_XATTR" != "Xno"])
dnl
dnl Create output
dnl
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile util/Makefile
po/Makefile.in tests/Makefile fuzz/Makefile
lib/Makefile testenv/Makefile
tests/certs/interca.conf tests/certs/rootca.conf])
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([src/config.h])
AC_OUTPUT
AC_MSG_NOTICE([Summary of build options:
Version: $PACKAGE_VERSION
Host OS: $host_os
Install prefix: $prefix
Compiler: $CC
CFlags: $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS
LDFlags: $LDFLAGS
Libs: $LIBS
SSL: $with_ssl
Zlib: $with_zlib
PSL: $with_libpsl
PCRE: $PCRE_INFO
Digest: $ENABLE_DIGEST
NTLM: $ENABLE_NTLM
OPIE: $ENABLE_OPIE
POSIX xattr: $ENABLE_XATTR
Debugging: $ENABLE_DEBUG
Assertions: $ENABLE_ASSERTION
Valgrind: $VALGRIND_INFO
Metalink: $with_metalink
Resolver: $RESOLVER_INFO
GPGME: $have_gpg
IRI: $iri
Fuzzing build: $enable_fuzzing, $LIB_FUZZING_ENGINE
])

119
doc/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
# Makefile for `wget' utility
# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2007-2011, 2015, 2018-2019 Free Software
# Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Version: @VERSION@
#
# Program to convert DVI files to PostScript
DVIPS = dvips -D 300
# Program to convert texinfo files to html
TEXI2HTML = texi2html -expandinfo -split_chapter
manext = 1
RM = rm -f
TEXI2POD = $(srcdir)/texi2pod.pl
POD2MAN = @POD2MAN@
MAN = wget.$(manext)
WGETRC = $(sysconfdir)/wgetrc
SAMPLERCTEXI = sample.wgetrc.munged_for_texi_inclusion
#
# Dependencies for building
#
man_MANS = $(MAN)
all: wget.info @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@$(MAN)
everything: all wget_us.ps wget_a4.ps wget_toc.html
$(SAMPLERCTEXI): $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc
sed s/@/@@/g $? > $@
info_TEXINFOS = wget.texi
wget_TEXINFOS = fdl.texi sample.wgetrc.munged_for_texi_inclusion
EXTRA_DIST = sample.wgetrc \
$(SAMPLERCTEXI) \
texi2pod.pl
wget.pod: $(srcdir)/wget.texi version.texi
$(TEXI2POD) -D VERSION="$(VERSION)" $(srcdir)/wget.texi $@
$(MAN): wget.pod
$(POD2MAN) --center="GNU Wget" --release="GNU Wget @VERSION@" --utf8 $? > $@ || \
$(POD2MAN) --center="GNU Wget" --release="GNU Wget @VERSION@" $? > $@
#wget.cat: $(MAN)
# nroff -man $? > $@
wget_us.ps: wget.dvi
$(DVIPS) -t letter -o $@ wget.dvi
wget_a4.ps: wget.dvi
$(DVIPS) -t a4 -o $@ wget.dvi
wget_toc.html: $(srcdir)/wget.texi
$(TEXI2HTML) $(srcdir)/wget.texi
#
# Dependencies for installing
#
# install all the documentation
install-data-local: install.wgetrc @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@install.man
# uninstall all the documentation
uninstall-local: @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@uninstall.man
# install man page, creating install directory if necessary
install.man: $(MAN)
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(MAN) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)/$(MAN)
# install sample.wgetrc
install.wgetrc: $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)
@if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); then \
if cmp -s $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); then echo ""; \
else \
echo ' $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new'; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new; \
echo; \
echo "WARNING: Differing \`$(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC)'"; \
echo " exists and has been spared. You might want to"; \
echo " consider merging in the new lines from"; \
echo " \`$(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new'."; \
echo; \
fi; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); \
fi
# uninstall man page
uninstall.man:
$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)/$(MAN)
#
# Dependencies for cleanup
#
CLEANFILES = *~ *.bak *.cat *.pod
DISTCLEANFILES = $(MAN)

1981
doc/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

506
doc/fdl.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,506 @@
@c The GNU Free Documentation License.
@center Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
@c This file is intended to be included within another document,
@c hence no sectioning command or @node.
@display
Copyright @copyright{} 2000-2002, 2007-2008, 2015, 2018-2019 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
@uref{http://fsf.org/}
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
@end display
@enumerate 0
@item
PREAMBLE
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to
assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
@item
APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below,
refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you
copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
under copyright law.
A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.
A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section
of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in
part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.
The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
Sections then there are none.
The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, that is suitable for revising the document
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
format, SGML or XML using a publicly available
DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML,
PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples
of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and
JPG@. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or
XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are
not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML,
PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for
output purposes only.
The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
The ``publisher'' means any person or entity that distributes copies
of the Document to the public.
A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'',
``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title''
of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
no effect on the meaning of this License.
@item
VERBATIM COPYING
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.
@item
COPYING IN QUANTITY
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a computer-network location from which the general network-using
public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
@item
MODIFICATIONS
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
@enumerate A
@item
Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
@item
List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
unless they release you from this requirement.
@item
State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
Modified Version, as the publisher.
@item
Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
@item
Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
adjacent to the other copyright notices.
@item
Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
@item
Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
@item
Include an unaltered copy of this License.
@item
Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
Version as stated in the previous sentence.
@item
Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
@item
For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve
the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
dedications given therein.
@item
Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
@item
Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section
may not be included in the Modified Version.
@item
Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or
to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
@item
Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
@end enumerate
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
@item
COMBINING DOCUMENTS
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all
sections Entitled ``Endorsements.''
@item
COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
@item
AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
aggregate.
@item
TRANSLATION
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
the original English version of this License and the original versions
of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
title.
@item
TERMINATION
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and
will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license
from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally,
unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally
terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder
fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to
60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does
not give you any rights to use it.
@item
FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
@uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document
specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this
License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a
version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the
Document.
@item
RELICENSING
``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site'' (or ``MMC Site'') means any
World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A
``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration'' (or ``MMC'') contained in the
site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
site.
``CC-BY-SA'' means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
published by that same organization.
``Incorporate'' means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
in part, as part of another Document.
An MMC is ``eligible for relicensing'' if it is licensed under this
License, and if all works that were first published under this License
somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole
or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections,
and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site
under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009,
provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
@end enumerate
@page
@heading ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:
@smallexample
@group
Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
Free Documentation License''.
@end group
@end smallexample
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
replace the ``with@dots{}Texts.''@: line with this:
@smallexample
@group
with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with
the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts
being @var{list}.
@end group
@end smallexample
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
situation.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.
@c Local Variables:
@c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
@c End:

137
doc/sample.wgetrc Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
###
### Sample Wget initialization file .wgetrc
###
## You can use this file to change the default behaviour of wget or to
## avoid having to type many many command-line options. This file does
## not contain a comprehensive list of commands -- look at the manual
## to find out what you can put into this file. You can find this here:
## $ info wget.info 'Startup File'
## Or online here:
## https://www.gnu.org/software/wget/manual/wget.html#Startup-File
##
## Wget initialization file can reside in /usr/local/etc/wgetrc
## (global, for all users) or $HOME/.wgetrc (for a single user).
##
## To use the settings in this file, you will have to uncomment them,
## as well as change them, in most cases, as the values on the
## commented-out lines are the default values (e.g. "off").
##
## Command are case-, underscore- and minus-insensitive.
## For example ftp_proxy, ftp-proxy and ftpproxy are the same.
##
## Global settings (useful for setting up in /usr/local/etc/wgetrc).
## Think well before you change them, since they may reduce wget's
## functionality, and make it behave contrary to the documentation:
##
# You can set retrieve quota for beginners by specifying a value
# optionally followed by 'K' (kilobytes) or 'M' (megabytes). The
# default quota is unlimited.
#quota = inf
# You can lower (or raise) the default number of retries when
# downloading a file (default is 20).
#tries = 20
# Lowering the maximum depth of the recursive retrieval is handy to
# prevent newbies from going too "deep" when they unwittingly start
# the recursive retrieval. The default is 5.
#reclevel = 5
# By default Wget uses "passive FTP" transfer where the client
# initiates the data connection to the server rather than the other
# way around. That is required on systems behind NAT where the client
# computer cannot be easily reached from the Internet. However, some
# firewalls software explicitly supports active FTP and in fact has
# problems supporting passive transfer. If you are in such
# environment, use "passive_ftp = off" to revert to active FTP.
#passive_ftp = off
# The "wait" command below makes Wget wait between every connection.
# If, instead, you want Wget to wait only between retries of failed
# downloads, set waitretry to maximum number of seconds to wait (Wget
# will use "linear backoff", waiting 1 second after the first failure
# on a file, 2 seconds after the second failure, etc. up to this max).
#waitretry = 10
##
## Local settings (for a user to set in his $HOME/.wgetrc). It is
## *highly* undesirable to put these settings in the global file, since
## they are potentially dangerous to "normal" users.
##
## Even when setting up your own ~/.wgetrc, you should know what you
## are doing before doing so.
##
# Set this to on to use timestamping by default:
#timestamping = off
# It is a good idea to make Wget send your email address in a `From:'
# header with your request (so that server administrators can contact
# you in case of errors). Wget does *not* send `From:' by default.
#header = From: Your Name <username@site.domain>
# You can set up other headers, like Accept-Language. Accept-Language
# is *not* sent by default.
#header = Accept-Language: en
# You can set the default proxies for Wget to use for http, https, and ftp.
# They will override the value in the environment.
#https_proxy = http://proxy.yoyodyne.com:18023/
#http_proxy = http://proxy.yoyodyne.com:18023/
#ftp_proxy = http://proxy.yoyodyne.com:18023/
# If you do not want to use proxy at all, set this to off.
#use_proxy = on
# You can customize the retrieval outlook. Valid options are default,
# binary, mega and micro.
#dot_style = default
# Setting this to off makes Wget not download /robots.txt. Be sure to
# know *exactly* what /robots.txt is and how it is used before changing
# the default!
#robots = on
# It can be useful to make Wget wait between connections. Set this to
# the number of seconds you want Wget to wait.
#wait = 0
# You can force creating directory structure, even if a single is being
# retrieved, by setting this to on.
#dirstruct = off
# You can turn on recursive retrieving by default (don't do this if
# you are not sure you know what it means) by setting this to on.
#recursive = off
# To always back up file X as X.orig before converting its links (due
# to -k / --convert-links / convert_links = on having been specified),
# set this variable to on:
#backup_converted = off
# To have Wget follow FTP links from HTML files by default, set this
# to on:
#follow_ftp = off
# To try ipv6 addresses first:
#prefer-family = IPv6
# Set default IRI support state
#iri = off
# Force the default system encoding
#localencoding = UTF-8
# Force the default remote server encoding
#remoteencoding = UTF-8
# Turn on to prevent following non-HTTPS links when in recursive mode
#httpsonly = off
# Tune HTTPS security (auto, SSLv2, SSLv3, TLSv1, PFS)
#secureprotocol = auto

137
doc/sample.wgetrc.munged_for_texi_inclusion Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
###
### Sample Wget initialization file .wgetrc
###
## You can use this file to change the default behaviour of wget or to
## avoid having to type many many command-line options. This file does
## not contain a comprehensive list of commands -- look at the manual
## to find out what you can put into this file. You can find this here:
## $ info wget.info 'Startup File'
## Or online here:
## https://www.gnu.org/software/wget/manual/wget.html#Startup-File
##
## Wget initialization file can reside in /usr/local/etc/wgetrc
## (global, for all users) or $HOME/.wgetrc (for a single user).
##
## To use the settings in this file, you will have to uncomment them,
## as well as change them, in most cases, as the values on the
## commented-out lines are the default values (e.g. "off").
##
## Command are case-, underscore- and minus-insensitive.
## For example ftp_proxy, ftp-proxy and ftpproxy are the same.
##
## Global settings (useful for setting up in /usr/local/etc/wgetrc).
## Think well before you change them, since they may reduce wget's
## functionality, and make it behave contrary to the documentation:
##
# You can set retrieve quota for beginners by specifying a value
# optionally followed by 'K' (kilobytes) or 'M' (megabytes). The
# default quota is unlimited.
#quota = inf
# You can lower (or raise) the default number of retries when
# downloading a file (default is 20).
#tries = 20
# Lowering the maximum depth of the recursive retrieval is handy to
# prevent newbies from going too "deep" when they unwittingly start
# the recursive retrieval. The default is 5.
#reclevel = 5
# By default Wget uses "passive FTP" transfer where the client
# initiates the data connection to the server rather than the other
# way around. That is required on systems behind NAT where the client
# computer cannot be easily reached from the Internet. However, some
# firewalls software explicitly supports active FTP and in fact has
# problems supporting passive transfer. If you are in such
# environment, use "passive_ftp = off" to revert to active FTP.
#passive_ftp = off
# The "wait" command below makes Wget wait between every connection.
# If, instead, you want Wget to wait only between retries of failed
# downloads, set waitretry to maximum number of seconds to wait (Wget
# will use "linear backoff", waiting 1 second after the first failure
# on a file, 2 seconds after the second failure, etc. up to this max).
#waitretry = 10
##
## Local settings (for a user to set in his $HOME/.wgetrc). It is
## *highly* undesirable to put these settings in the global file, since
## they are potentially dangerous to "normal" users.
##
## Even when setting up your own ~/.wgetrc, you should know what you
## are doing before doing so.
##
# Set this to on to use timestamping by default:
#timestamping = off
# It is a good idea to make Wget send your email address in a `From:'
# header with your request (so that server administrators can contact
# you in case of errors). Wget does *not* send `From:' by default.
#header = From: Your Name <username@@site.domain>
# You can set up other headers, like Accept-Language. Accept-Language
# is *not* sent by default.
#header = Accept-Language: en
# You can set the default proxies for Wget to use for http, https, and ftp.
# They will override the value in the environment.
#https_proxy = http://proxy.yoyodyne.com:18023/
#http_proxy = http://proxy.yoyodyne.com:18023/
#ftp_proxy = http://proxy.yoyodyne.com:18023/
# If you do not want to use proxy at all, set this to off.
#use_proxy = on
# You can customize the retrieval outlook. Valid options are default,
# binary, mega and micro.
#dot_style = default
# Setting this to off makes Wget not download /robots.txt. Be sure to
# know *exactly* what /robots.txt is and how it is used before changing
# the default!
#robots = on
# It can be useful to make Wget wait between connections. Set this to
# the number of seconds you want Wget to wait.
#wait = 0
# You can force creating directory structure, even if a single is being
# retrieved, by setting this to on.
#dirstruct = off
# You can turn on recursive retrieving by default (don't do this if
# you are not sure you know what it means) by setting this to on.
#recursive = off
# To always back up file X as X.orig before converting its links (due
# to -k / --convert-links / convert_links = on having been specified),
# set this variable to on:
#backup_converted = off
# To have Wget follow FTP links from HTML files by default, set this
# to on:
#follow_ftp = off
# To try ipv6 addresses first:
#prefer-family = IPv6
# Set default IRI support state
#iri = off
# Force the default system encoding
#localencoding = UTF-8
# Force the default remote server encoding
#remoteencoding = UTF-8
# Turn on to prevent following non-HTTPS links when in recursive mode
#httpsonly = off
# Tune HTTPS security (auto, SSLv2, SSLv3, TLSv1, PFS)
#secureprotocol = auto

4
doc/stamp-vti Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
@set UPDATED 19 February 2019
@set UPDATED-MONTH February 2019
@set EDITION 1.20.3
@set VERSION 1.20.3

453
doc/texi2pod.pl Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,453 @@
#! /usr/bin/env perl
# Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2003, 2007, 2009-2011, 2015, 2018-2019 Free
# Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is part of GCC.
# GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with GCC. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# This does trivial (and I mean _trivial_) conversion of Texinfo
# markup to Perl POD format. It's intended to be used to extract
# something suitable for a manpage from a Texinfo document.
use warnings;
BEGIN { eval { require warnings; } and warnings->import; }
$output = 0;
$skipping = 0;
%sects = ();
$section = "";
@icstack = ();
@endwstack = ();
@skstack = ();
@instack = ();
$shift = "";
%defs = ();
$fnno = 1;
$inf = "";
$ibase = "";
while ($_ = shift) {
if (/^-D(.*)$/) {
if ($1 ne "") {
$flag = $1;
} else {
$flag = shift;
}
$value = "";
($flag, $value) = ($flag =~ /^([^=]+)(?:=(.+))?/);
die "no flag specified for -D\n"
unless $flag ne "";
die "flags may only contain letters, digits, hyphens, dashes and underscores\n"
unless $flag =~ /^[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+$/;
$defs{$flag} = $value;
} elsif (/^-/) {
usage();
} else {
$in = $_, next unless defined $in;
$out = $_, next unless defined $out;
usage();
}
}
if (defined $in) {
$inf = gensym();
open($inf, "<$in") or die "opening \"$in\": $!\n";
$ibase = $1 if $in =~ m|^(.+)/[^/]+$|;
} else {
$inf = \*STDIN;
}
if (defined $out) {
open(STDOUT, ">$out") or die "opening \"$out\": $!\n";
}
while(defined $inf) {
while(<$inf>) {
# Certain commands are discarded without further processing.
/^\@(?:
[a-z]+index # @*index: useful only in complete manual
|need # @need: useful only in printed manual
|(?:end\s+)?group # @group .. @end group: ditto
|page # @page: ditto
|node # @node: useful only in .info file
|(?:end\s+)?ifnottex # @ifnottex .. @end ifnottex: use contents
)\b/x and next;
chomp;
# Look for filename and title markers.
/^\@setfilename\s+([^.]+)/ and $fn = $1, next;
/^\@settitle\s+([^.]+)/ and $tl = postprocess($1), next;
# Identify a man title but keep only the one we are interested in.
/^\@c\s+man\s+title\s+([A-Za-z0-9-]+)\s+(.+)/ and do {
if (exists $defs{$1}) {
$fn = $1;
$tl = postprocess($2);
}
next;
};
# Look for blocks surrounded by @c man begin SECTION ... @c man end.
# This really oughta be @ifman ... @end ifman and the like, but such
# would require rev'ing all other Texinfo translators.
/^\@c\s+man\s+begin\s+([A-Z]+)\s+([A-Za-z0-9-]+)/ and do {
$output = 1 if exists $defs{$2};
$sect = $1;
next;
};
/^\@c\s+man\s+begin\s+([A-Z]+)/ and $sect = $1, $output = 1, next;
/^\@c\s+man\s+end/ and do {
$sects{$sect} = "" unless exists $sects{$sect};
$sects{$sect} .= postprocess($section);
$section = "";
$output = 0;
next;
};
# handle variables
/^\@set\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\s*(.*)$/ and do {
$defs{$1} = $2;
next;
};
/^\@clear\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do {
delete $defs{$1};
next;
};
next unless $output;
# Discard comments. (Can't do it above, because then we'd never see
# @c man lines.)
/^\@c\b/ and next;
# End-block handler goes up here because it needs to operate even
# if we are skipping.
/^\@end\s+([a-z]+)/ and do {
# Ignore @end foo, where foo is not an operation which may
# cause us to skip, if we are presently skipping.
my $ended = $1;
next if $skipping && $ended !~ /^(?:ifset|ifclear|ignore|menu|iftex|copying)$/;
die "\@end $ended without \@$ended at line $.\n" unless defined $endw;
die "\@$endw ended by \@end $ended at line $.\n" unless $ended eq $endw;
$endw = pop @endwstack;
if ($ended =~ /^(?:ifset|ifclear|ignore|menu|iftex)$/) {
$skipping = pop @skstack;
next;
} elsif ($ended =~ /^(?:example|smallexample|display)$/) {
$shift = "";
$_ = ""; # need a paragraph break
} elsif ($ended =~ /^(?:itemize|enumerate|[fv]?table)$/) {
$_ = "\n=back\n";
$ic = pop @icstack;
} else {
die "unknown command \@end $ended at line $.\n";
}
};
# We must handle commands which can cause skipping even while we
# are skipping, otherwise we will not process nested conditionals
# correctly.
/^\@ifset\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @skstack, $skipping;
$endw = "ifset";
$skipping = 1 unless exists $defs{$1};
next;
};
/^\@ifclear\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @skstack, $skipping;
$endw = "ifclear";
$skipping = 1 if exists $defs{$1};
next;
};
/^\@(ignore|menu|iftex|copying)\b/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @skstack, $skipping;
$endw = $1;
$skipping = 1;
next;
};
next if $skipping;
# Character entities. First the ones that can be replaced by raw text
# or discarded outright:
s/\@copyright\{\}/(c)/g;
s/\@dots\{\}/.../g;
s/\@enddots\{\}/..../g;
s/\@([.!? ])/$1/g;
s/\@[:-]//g;
s/\@bullet(?:\{\})?/*/g;
s/\@TeX\{\}/TeX/g;
s/\@pounds\{\}/\#/g;
s/\@minus(?:\{\})?/-/g;
s/\\,/,/g;
# Now the ones that have to be replaced by special escapes
# (which will be turned back into text by unmunge())
s/&/&amp;/g;
s/\@\@/&at;/g;
s/\@\{/&lbrace;/g;
s/\@\}/&rbrace;/g;
# Inside a verbatim block, handle @var specially.
if ($shift ne "") {
s/\@var\{([^\}]*)\}/<$1>/g;
}
# POD doesn't interpret E<> inside a verbatim block.
if ($shift eq "") {
s/</&lt;/g;
s/>/&gt;/g;
} else {
s/</&LT;/g;
s/>/&GT;/g;
}
# Single line command handlers.
/^\@include\s+(.+)$/ and do {
push @instack, $inf;
$inf = gensym();
$file = postprocess($1);
# Try cwd and $ibase.
open($inf, "<" . $file)
or open($inf, "<" . $ibase . "/" . $file)
or die "cannot open $file or $ibase/$file: $!\n";
next;
};
/^\@(?:section|unnumbered|unnumberedsec|center)\s+(.+)$/
and $_ = "\n=head2 $1\n";
/^\@subsection\s+(.+)$/
and $_ = "\n=head3 $1\n";
# Block command handlers:
/^\@itemize(?:\s+(\@[a-z]+|\*|-))?/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @icstack, $ic;
if (defined $1) {
$ic = $1;
} else {
$ic = '@bullet';
}
$_ = "\n=over 4\n";
$endw = "itemize";
};
/^\@enumerate(?:\s+([a-zA-Z0-9]+))?/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @icstack, $ic;
if (defined $1) {
$ic = $1 . ".";
} else {
$ic = "1.";
}
$_ = "\n=over 4\n";
$endw = "enumerate";
};
/^\@([fv]?table)\s+(\@[a-z]+)/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @icstack, $ic;
$endw = $1;
$ic = $2;
$ic =~ s/\@(?:samp|strong|key|gcctabopt|env)/B/;
$ic =~ s/\@(?:code|kbd)/C/;
$ic =~ s/\@(?:dfn|var|emph|cite|i)/I/;
$ic =~ s/\@(?:file)/F/;
$_ = "\n=over 4\n";
};
/^\@((?:small)?example|display)/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
$endw = $1;
$shift = "\t";
$_ = ""; # need a paragraph break
};
/^\@itemx?\s*(.+)?$/ and do {
if (defined $1) {
my $thing = $1;
if ($ic =~ /\@asis/) {
$_ = "\n=item C<$thing>\n";
} else {
# Entity escapes prevent munging by the <> processing below.
$_ = "\n=item $ic\&LT;$thing\&GT;\n";
}
} else {
$_ = "\n=item $ic\n";
$ic =~ y/A-Ya-y/B-Zb-z/;
$ic =~ s/(\d+)/$1 + 1/eg;
}
};
$section .= $shift.$_."\n";
}
# End of current file.
close($inf);
$inf = pop @instack;
}
die "No filename or title\n" unless defined $fn && defined $tl;
$sects{NAME} = "$fn \- $tl\n";
$sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "=back\n" if exists $sects{FOOTNOTES};
print "=encoding utf-8\n\n";
for $sect (qw(NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION OPTIONS ENVIRONMENT EXITSTATUS
FILES BUGS NOTES FOOTNOTES SEEALSO AUTHOR COPYRIGHT)) {
if(exists $sects{$sect}) {
$head = $sect;
$head =~ s/SEEALSO/SEE ALSO/;
$head =~ s/EXITSTATUS/EXIT STATUS/;
print "=head1 $head\n\n";
print scalar unmunge ($sects{$sect});
print "\n";
}
}
sub usage
{
die "usage: $0 [-D toggle...] [infile [outfile]]\n";
}
sub postprocess
{
local $_ = $_[0];
# @value{foo} is replaced by whatever 'foo' is defined as.
while (m/(\@value\{([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\})/g) {
if (! exists $defs{$2}) {
print STDERR "Option $2 not defined\n";
s/\Q$1\E//;
} else {
$value = $defs{$2};
s/\Q$1\E/$value/;
}
}
# Formatting commands.
# Temporary escape for @r.
s/\@r\{([^\}]*)\}/R<$1>/g;
s/\@(?:dfn|var|emph|cite|i)\{([^\}]*)\}/I<$1>/g;
s/\@(?:code|kbd)\{([^\}]*)\}/C<$1>/g;
s/\@(?:gccoptlist|samp|strong|key|option|env|command|b)\{([^\}]*)\}/B<$1>/g;
s/\@sc\{([^\}]*)\}/\U$1/g;
s/\@file\{([^\}]*)\}/F<$1>/g;
s/\@w\{([^\}]*)\}/S<$1>/g;
s/\@(?:dmn|math)\{([^\}]*)\}/$1/g;
# keep references of the form @ref{...}, print them bold
s/\@(?:ref)\{([^\}]*)\}/B<$1>/g;
# Change double single quotes to double quotes.
s/''/"/g;
s/``/"/g;
# Cross references are thrown away, as are @noindent and @refill.
# (@noindent is impossible in .pod, and @refill is unnecessary.)
# @* is also impossible in .pod; we discard it and any newline that
# follows it. Similarly, our macro @gol must be discarded.
s/\(?\@xref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}(?:[^.<]|(?:<[^<>]*>))*\.\)?//g;
s/\s+\(\@pxref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}\)//g;
s/;\s+\@pxref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}//g;
s/\@noindent\s*//g;
s/\@refill//g;
s/\@gol//g;
s/\@\*\s*\n?//g;
# @uref can take one, two, or three arguments, with different
# semantics each time. @url and @email are just like @uref with
# one argument, for our purposes.
s/\@(?:uref|url|email)\{([^\},]*)\}/&lt;B<$1>&gt;/g;
s/\@uref\{([^\},]*),([^\},]*)\}/$2 (C<$1>)/g;
s/\@uref\{([^\},]*),([^\},]*),([^\},]*)\}/$3/g;
# Un-escape <> at this point.
s/&LT;/</g;
s/&GT;/>/g;
# Now un-nest all B<>, I<>, R<>. Theoretically we could have
# indefinitely deep nesting; in practice, one level suffices.
1 while s/([BIR])<([^<>]*)([BIR])<([^<>]*)>/$1<$2>$3<$4>$1</g;
# Replace R<...> with bare ...; eliminate empty markup, B<>;
# shift white space at the ends of [BI]<...> expressions outside
# the expression.
s/R<([^<>]*)>/$1/g;
s/[BI]<>//g;
s/([BI])<(\s+)([^>]+)>/$2$1<$3>/g;
s/([BI])<([^>]+?)(\s+)>/$1<$2>$3/g;
# Extract footnotes. This has to be done after all other
# processing because otherwise the regexp will choke on formatting
# inside @footnote.
while (/\@footnote/g) {
s/\@footnote\{([^\}]+)\}/[$fnno]/;
add_footnote($1, $fnno);
$fnno++;
}
return $_;
}
sub unmunge
{
# Replace escaped symbols with their equivalents.
local $_ = $_[0];
s/&lt;/E<lt>/g;
s/&gt;/E<gt>/g;
s/&lbrace;/\{/g;
s/&rbrace;/\}/g;
s/&at;/\@/g;
s/&amp;/&/g;
return $_;
}
sub add_footnote
{
unless (exists $sects{FOOTNOTES}) {
$sects{FOOTNOTES} = "\n=over 4\n\n";
}
$sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "=item $fnno.\n\n"; $fnno++;
$sects{FOOTNOTES} .= $_[0];
$sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "\n\n";
}
# stolen from Symbol.pm
{
my $genseq = 0;
sub gensym
{
my $name = "GEN" . $genseq++;
my $ref = \*{$name};
delete $::{$name};
return $ref;
}
}

4
doc/version.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
@set UPDATED 19 February 2019
@set UPDATED-MONTH February 2019
@set EDITION 1.20.3
@set VERSION 1.20.3

5075
doc/wget.info Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4664
doc/wget.texi Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

91
fuzz/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
AM_CFLAGS = $(WERROR_CFLAGS) $(WARN_CFLAGS)
AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/src -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir)/lib -I$(top_srcdir)/lib \
-DSRCDIR=\"$(abs_srcdir)\"
LDADD = ../lib/libgnu.a \
$(GETADDRINFO_LIB) $(HOSTENT_LIB) $(INET_NTOP_LIB) $(INET_PTON_LIB) \
$(LIBSOCKET) $(LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME) $(LIB_CRYPTO) $(LIB_GETLOGIN) $(LIB_NANOSLEEP) $(LIB_POLL) \
$(LIB_POSIX_SPAWN) $(LIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK) $(LIB_SELECT) $(LIBICONV) $(LIBINTL) \
$(LIBMULTITHREAD) $(LIBTHREAD) $(SERVENT_LIB) @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ \
$(FUZZ_LIBS)
WGET_TESTS = \
wget_css_fuzzer$(EXEEXT) \
wget_cookie_fuzzer$(EXEEXT) \
wget_ftpls_fuzzer$(EXEEXT) \
wget_html_fuzzer$(EXEEXT) \
wget_netrc_fuzzer$(EXEEXT) \
wget_options_fuzzer$(EXEEXT) \
wget_robots_fuzzer$(EXEEXT) \
wget_url_fuzzer$(EXEEXT) \
wget_read_hunk_fuzzer$(EXEEXT)
if FUZZING
bin_PROGRAMS = $(WGET_TESTS)
LDADD += $(LIB_FUZZING_ENGINE)
MAIN = fuzzer.h
# AM_LDFLAGS = -no-install -all-static
else
AM_CPPFLAGS += -DTEST_RUN
AM_TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = export VALGRIND_TESTS"=@VALGRIND_TESTS@";
TESTS = $(WGET_TESTS)
check_PROGRAMS = $(WGET_TESTS)
MAIN = main.c fuzzer.h
endif
# Make libunittest "PHONY" so we're always sure we're up-to-date.
.PHONY: ../src/libunittest.a
../src/libunittest.a:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) -C ../src libunittest.a
wget_css_fuzzer_SOURCES = wget_css_fuzzer.c $(MAIN)
wget_css_fuzzer_LDADD = ../src/libunittest.a $(LDADD)
wget_cookie_fuzzer_SOURCES = wget_cookie_fuzzer.c $(MAIN)
wget_cookie_fuzzer_LDADD = ../src/libunittest.a $(LDADD)
wget_ftpls_fuzzer_SOURCES = wget_ftpls_fuzzer.c $(MAIN)
wget_ftpls_fuzzer_LDADD = ../src/libunittest.a $(LDADD)
wget_html_fuzzer_SOURCES = wget_html_fuzzer.c $(MAIN)
wget_html_fuzzer_LDADD = ../src/libunittest.a $(LDADD)
wget_netrc_fuzzer_SOURCES = wget_netrc_fuzzer.c $(MAIN)
wget_netrc_fuzzer_LDADD = ../src/libunittest.a $(LDADD)
wget_options_fuzzer_SOURCES = wget_options_fuzzer.c $(MAIN)
wget_options_fuzzer_LDADD = ../src/libunittest.a $(LDADD)
wget_robots_fuzzer_SOURCES = wget_robots_fuzzer.c $(MAIN)
wget_robots_fuzzer_LDADD = ../src/libunittest.a $(LDADD)
wget_url_fuzzer_SOURCES = wget_url_fuzzer.c $(MAIN)
wget_url_fuzzer_LDADD = ../src/libunittest.a $(LDADD)
wget_read_hunk_fuzzer_SOURCES = wget_read_hunk_fuzzer.c $(MAIN)
wget_read_hunk_fuzzer_LDADD = ../src/libunittest.a $(LDADD)
#EXTRA_DIST = $(wildcard *.options) $(wildcard *.dict) \
# $(wildcard *.in) $(wildcard *.repro)
dist-hook:
find $(srcdir) -name '*.options' -exec cp -v '{}' $(distdir) ';'
find $(srcdir) -name '*.dict' -exec cp -v '{}' $(distdir) ';'
# find $(srcdir) -name '*.in' -exec cp -vr '{}' $(distdir) ';'
find $(srcdir) -name '*.repro' -exec cp -vr '{}' $(distdir) ';'
clean-local:
rm -rf *.gc?? *.log lcov
oss-fuzz:
if test "$$OUT" != ""; then \
XLIBS="-lpsl -lgnutls -lhogweed -lnettle -lidn2 -lunistring"; \
for ccfile in wget*_fuzzer.c; do \
fuzzer=$$(basename $$ccfile .c); \
$$CXX $$CXXFLAGS -I$(top_srcdir)/src -I$(top_srcdir) -I$(top_srcdir)/lib \
"$${fuzzer}.c" -o "$${fuzzer}" \
../src/libunittest.a ../lib/libgnu.a $${LIB_FUZZING_ENGINE} \
-Wl,-Bstatic $${XLIBS} -Wl,-Bdynamic; \
done; \
fi
.PHONY: oss-fuzz

2367
fuzz/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

36
fuzz/fuzzer.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2017-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* This file is part of GNU Wget.
*
* GNU Wget is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GNU Wget is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with Wget. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <stddef.h> // size_t
#include <stdint.h> // uint8_t
#define CLOSE_STDERR \
int bak = dup(STDERR_FILENO); \
int fd = open("/dev/null", O_WRONLY); \
dup2(fd, STDERR_FILENO); \
close(fd);
#define RESTORE_STDERR \
dup2(bak, STDERR_FILENO); \
close(bak);
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
#endif
int LLVMFuzzerTestOneInput(const uint8_t *data, size_t size);

155
fuzz/main.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2017-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* This file is part of GNU Wget.
*
* GNU Wget is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GNU Wget is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with Wget. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include "fuzzer.h"
#include "utils.h"
#ifdef TEST_RUN
#include <dirent.h>
#ifdef _WIN32
# define SLASH '\\'
#else
# define SLASH '/'
#endif
static int test_all_from(const char *dirname)
{
DIR *dirp;
if ((dirp = opendir(dirname))) {
struct dirent *dp;
while ((dp = readdir(dirp))) {
if (*dp->d_name == '.') continue;
char fname[strlen(dirname) + strlen(dp->d_name) + 2];
snprintf(fname, sizeof(fname), "%s/%s", dirname, dp->d_name);
struct file_memory *fmem;
if ((fmem = wget_read_file(fname))) {
printf("testing %ld bytes from '%s'\n", fmem->length, fname);
fflush(stdout);
LLVMFuzzerTestOneInput((uint8_t *)fmem->content, fmem->length);
wget_read_file_free(fmem);
}
}
closedir(dirp);
return 0;
}
return 1;
}
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
// if VALGRIND testing is enabled, we have to call ourselves with valgrind checking
const char *valgrind = getenv("VALGRIND_TESTS");
const char *target;
size_t target_len;
if (!valgrind || !*valgrind || !strcmp(valgrind, "0")) {
// fallthrough
}
else if (!strcmp(valgrind, "1")) {
char cmd[strlen(argv[0]) + 256];
snprintf(cmd, sizeof(cmd), "VALGRIND_TESTS=\"\" valgrind --error-exitcode=301 --leak-check=yes --show-reachable=yes --track-origins=yes %s", argv[0]);
return system(cmd) != 0;
} else {
char cmd[strlen(valgrind) + strlen(argv[0]) + 32];
snprintf(cmd, sizeof(cmd), "VALGRIND_TESTS="" %s %s", valgrind, argv[0]);
return system(cmd) != 0;
}
if ((target = strrchr(argv[0], SLASH)))
target = strrchr(target, '/');
else
target = strrchr(argv[0], '/');
target = target ? target + 1 : argv[0];
if (strncmp(target, "lt-", 3) == 0)
target += 3;
target_len = strlen(target);
#ifdef _WIN32
target_len -= 4; // ignore .exe
#endif
{
int rc;
char corporadir[sizeof(SRCDIR) + 1 + target_len + 8];
snprintf(corporadir, sizeof(corporadir), SRCDIR "/%.*s.in", (int) target_len, target);
rc = test_all_from(corporadir);
if (rc)
fprintf(stderr, "Failed to find %s\n", corporadir);
snprintf(corporadir, sizeof(corporadir), SRCDIR "/%.*s.repro", (int) target_len, target);
if (test_all_from(corporadir) && rc)
return 77; // SKIP
}
return 0;
}
#else
#ifndef __AFL_LOOP
static int __AFL_LOOP(int n)
{
static int first = 1;
if (first) {
first = 0;
return n && --n > 0;
}
return 0;
}
#endif
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
int ret;
unsigned char buf[64 * 1024];
while (__AFL_LOOP(10000)) { // only works with clang - we have to use 1 because static/global vars in wget
ret = fread(buf, 1, sizeof(buf), stdin);
if (ret < 0)
return 0;
LLVMFuzzerTestOneInput(buf, ret);
}
return 0;
}
#endif /* #ifdef TEST_RUN */

92
fuzz/wget_cookie_fuzzer.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2017-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* This file is part of GNU Wget.
*
* GNU Wget is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GNU Wget is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with Wget. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h> // opendir, readdir
#include <stdint.h> // uint8_t
#include <stdio.h> // fmemopen
#include <string.h> // strncmp
#include <stdlib.h> // free
#include <fcntl.h> // open flags
#include <unistd.h> // close
#include "wget.h"
#undef fopen_wgetrc
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "cookies.h"
// declarations for wget internal functions
int main_wget(int argc, const char **argv);
void cleanup(void);
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
void exit_wget(int status);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "fuzzer.h"
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
return fopen("/dev/null", mode);
}
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
return NULL;
}
#ifdef FUZZING
void exit_wget(int status)
{
}
#endif
int LLVMFuzzerTestOneInput(const uint8_t *data, size_t size)
{
struct cookie_jar *cookie_jar;
char *set_cookie;
if (size > 1024) // same as max_len = ... in .options file
return 0;
set_cookie = (char *) malloc(size + 1);
memcpy(set_cookie, data, size);
set_cookie[size] = 0;
CLOSE_STDERR
cookie_jar = cookie_jar_new();
cookie_handle_set_cookie(cookie_jar, "x", 81, "p", set_cookie);
cookie_handle_set_cookie(cookie_jar, "x", 81, "p", set_cookie);
cookie_handle_set_cookie(cookie_jar, "x", 80, "p/d/", set_cookie);
cookie_jar_delete(cookie_jar);
RESTORE_STDERR
free(set_cookie);
return 0;
}

6
fuzz/wget_cookie_fuzzer.dict Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
tag1="expires="
tag2="path="
tag3="domain="
tag4="httponly"
tag5="secure"
tag6="max-age"

121
fuzz/wget_css_fuzzer.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2017-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* This file is part of GNU Wget.
*
* GNU Wget is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GNU Wget is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with Wget. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h> // opendir, readdir
#include <stdint.h> // uint8_t
#include <stdio.h> // fmemopen
#include <string.h> // strncmp
#include <stdlib.h> // free
#include <fcntl.h> // open flags
#include <unistd.h> // close
#include <setjmp.h> // longjmp, setjmp
#include "wget.h"
#undef fopen_wgetrc
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "html-url.h"
#include "css-url.h"
// declarations for wget internal functions
int main_wget(int argc, const char **argv);
void cleanup(void);
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
void exit_wget(int status);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "fuzzer.h"
static const uint8_t *g_data;
static size_t g_size;
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
return fopen("/dev/null", mode);
}
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
#ifdef HAVE_FMEMOPEN
return fmemopen((void *) g_data, g_size, mode);
#else
return NULL;
#endif
}
static int do_jump;
static jmp_buf jmpbuf;
#ifdef FUZZING
void exit_wget(int status)
{
longjmp(jmpbuf, 1);
}
#elif defined HAVE_DLFCN_H
#include <dlfcn.h> // dlsym
#ifndef RTLD_NEXT
#define RTLD_NEXT RTLD_GLOBAL
#endif
void exit(int status)
{
if (do_jump) {
longjmp(jmpbuf, 1);
} else {
void (*libc_exit)(int) = (void(*)(int)) dlsym (RTLD_NEXT, "exit");
libc_exit(status);
}
}
#endif
int LLVMFuzzerTestOneInput(const uint8_t *data, size_t size)
{
if (size > 4096) // same as max_len = ... in .options file
return 0;
struct map_context ctx = {
.text = (char *) data,
.parent_base = strdup("https://x.y"),
.document_file = NULL,
};
CLOSE_STDERR
do_jump = 1;
if (setjmp(jmpbuf))
goto done;
get_urls_css(&ctx, 0, size);
free_urlpos(ctx.head);
free((void *) ctx.parent_base);
done:
do_jump = 0;
RESTORE_STDERR
return 0;
}

1
fuzz/wget_css_fuzzer.repro/buffer-overflow-6600180399865856 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
#/*url( */ url()

1
fuzz/wget_css_fuzzer.repro/negative-size-param-5724866467594240 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
@import

BIN
fuzz/wget_css_fuzzer.repro/slowness-6275836549267456 Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

127
fuzz/wget_ftpls_fuzzer.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2017-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* This file is part of GNU Wget.
*
* GNU Wget is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GNU Wget is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with Wget. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h> // opendir, readdir
#include <stdint.h> // uint8_t
#include <stdio.h> // fmemopen
#include <string.h> // strncmp
#include <stdlib.h> // free
#include <fcntl.h> // open flags
#include <unistd.h> // close
#include <setjmp.h> // longjmp, setjmp
#include "wget.h"
#undef fopen_wgetrc
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "ftp.h"
// declarations for wget internal functions
int main_wget(int argc, const char **argv);
void cleanup(void);
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
void exit_wget(int status);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "fuzzer.h"
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
return fopen("/dev/null", mode);
}
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
return NULL;
}
static int do_jump;
static jmp_buf jmpbuf;
#ifdef FUZZING
void exit_wget(int status)
{
longjmp(jmpbuf, 1);
}
#elif defined HAVE_DLFCN_H
#include <dlfcn.h> // dlsym
#ifndef RTLD_NEXT
#define RTLD_NEXT RTLD_GLOBAL
#endif
void exit(int status)
{
if (do_jump) {
longjmp(jmpbuf, 1);
} else {
void (*libc_exit)(int) = (void(*)(int)) dlsym (RTLD_NEXT, "exit");
libc_exit(status);
}
}
#endif
int LLVMFuzzerTestOneInput(const uint8_t *data, size_t size)
{
#ifdef HAVE_FMEMOPEN
FILE *fp;
struct fileinfo *fi;
if (size > 4096) // same as max_len = ... in .options file
return 0;
fp = fmemopen((void *) data, size, "r");
if (!fp) return 0;
CLOSE_STDERR
do_jump = 1;
if (setjmp(jmpbuf))
goto done;
fi = ftp_parse_ls_fp(fp, ST_UNIX);
freefileinfo(fi);
rewind(fp);
fi = ftp_parse_ls_fp(fp, ST_VMS);
freefileinfo(fi);
rewind(fp);
fi = ftp_parse_ls_fp(fp, ST_WINNT);
freefileinfo(fi);
rewind(fp);
fi = ftp_parse_ls_fp(fp, ST_MACOS);
done:
freefileinfo(fi);
fclose(fp);
do_jump = 0;
RESTORE_STDERR
#endif
return 0;
}

20
fuzz/wget_ftpls_fuzzer.dict Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
"Jan"
"Feb"
"Mar"
"Apr"
"May"
"Jun"
"Jul"
"Aug"
"Sep"
"Oct"
"Nov"
"Dec"
"total"
"0644"
"0755"
" -> "
".."
"Total of "
".DIR"
".DIR;1"

97
fuzz/wget_html_fuzzer.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2017-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* This file is part of GNU Wget.
*
* GNU Wget is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GNU Wget is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with Wget. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h> // opendir, readdir
#include <stdint.h> // uint8_t
#include <stdio.h> // fmemopen
#include <string.h> // strncmp
#include <stdlib.h> // free
#include <fcntl.h> // open flags
#include <unistd.h> // close
#include <setjmp.h> // longjmp, setjmp
#include "wget.h"
#undef fopen_wgetrc
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "utils.h"
#include "html-url.h"
#include "css-url.h"
// declarations for wget internal functions
int main_wget(int argc, const char **argv);
void cleanup(void);
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
void exit_wget(int status);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "fuzzer.h"
static const uint8_t *g_data;
static size_t g_size;
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
return fopen("/dev/null", mode);
}
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
#ifdef HAVE_FMEMOPEN
return fmemopen((void *) g_data, g_size, mode);
#else
return NULL;
#endif
}
#ifdef FUZZING
void exit_wget(int status)
{
}
#endif
int LLVMFuzzerTestOneInput(const uint8_t *data, size_t size)
{
struct urlpos *urls;
struct file_memory fm;
if (size > 4096) // same as max_len = ... in .options file
return 0;
CLOSE_STDERR
fm.content = (char *) data;
fm.length = size;
fm.mmap_p = 0;
urls = get_urls_html_fm("xxx", &fm, "https://x.y", NULL, NULL);
free_urlpos(urls);
RESTORE_STDERR
return 0;
}

22
fuzz/wget_html_fuzzer.dict Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
"<base"
"<link"
"<meta"
"action"
"href"
"src"
"srcset"
"style"
"follow"
"nofollow"
"all"
"none"
"robots="
"name=\"robots\""
"content="
"http-equiv=\"Content-Type\""
"charset="
"style="
"rel=\"shortcut icon\""
"rel=\"stylesheet\""
"rel=\"preload\""
"srcset="

124
fuzz/wget_netrc_fuzzer.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2017-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* This file is part of GNU Wget.
*
* GNU Wget is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GNU Wget is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with Wget. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h> // uint8_t
#include <stdio.h> // fmemopen
#include <string.h> // strncmp
#include <stdlib.h> // free
#include <setjmp.h> // longjmp, setjmp
#include <fcntl.h> // open flags
#include <unistd.h> // close
#include "wget.h"
#undef fopen_wgetrc
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "netrc.h"
// declarations for wget internal functions
int main_wget(int argc, const char **argv);
void cleanup(void);
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
void exit_wget(int status);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "fuzzer.h"
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
return fopen("/dev/null", mode);
}
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
return NULL;
}
static int do_jump;
static jmp_buf jmpbuf;
#ifdef FUZZING
void exit_wget(int status)
{
longjmp(jmpbuf, 1);
}
#elif defined HAVE_DLFCN_H
#include <dlfcn.h> // dlsym
#ifndef RTLD_NEXT
#define RTLD_NEXT RTLD_GLOBAL
#endif
void exit(int status)
{
if (do_jump) {
longjmp(jmpbuf, 1);
} else {
void (*libc_exit)(int) = (void(*)(int)) dlsym (RTLD_NEXT, "exit");
libc_exit(status);
}
}
#endif
int LLVMFuzzerTestOneInput(const uint8_t *data, size_t size)
{
#ifdef HAVE_FMEMOPEN
FILE *fp;
struct fileinfo *fi;
const char *user = NULL, *pw = NULL;
if (size > 4096) // same as max_len = ... in .options file
return 0;
fp = fmemopen((void *) data, size, "r");
if (!fp) return 0;
CLOSE_STDERR
do_jump = 1;
if (setjmp(jmpbuf))
goto done;
opt.netrc = 1;
user = NULL; // get first entry
search_netrc("x", &user, &pw, 1, fp);
netrc_cleanup();
user = "u"; // get entry for user 'u'
search_netrc("x", &user, &pw, 1, fp);
done:
netrc_cleanup();
fclose(fp);
do_jump = 0;
RESTORE_STDERR
#endif
return 0;
}

8
fuzz/wget_netrc_fuzzer.dict Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
"machine"
"default"
"login"
"password"
"macdef"
"account"
"port"
"force"

113
fuzz/wget_options_fuzzer.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2017-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* This file is part of GNU Wget.
*
* GNU Wget is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GNU Wget is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with Wget. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h> // opendir, readdir
#include <stdint.h> // uint8_t
#include <stdio.h> // fmemopen
#include <string.h> // strncmp
#include <fcntl.h> // open flags
#include <unistd.h> // close
#include <setjmp.h> // longjmp, setjmp
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
// declarations for wget internal functions
int main_wget(int argc, const char **argv);
void cleanup(void);
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
void exit_wget(int status);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "fuzzer.h"
static const uint8_t *g_data;
static size_t g_size;
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
return fopen("/dev/null", mode);
}
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
#ifdef HAVE_FMEMOPEN
return fmemopen((void *) g_data, g_size, mode);
#else
return NULL;
#endif
}
static int do_jump;
static jmp_buf jmpbuf;
#ifdef FUZZING
void exit_wget(int status)
{
longjmp(jmpbuf, 1);
}
#elif defined HAVE_DLFCN_H
#include <dlfcn.h> // dlsym
#ifndef RTLD_NEXT
#define RTLD_NEXT RTLD_GLOBAL
#endif
void exit(int status)
{
if (do_jump) {
longjmp(jmpbuf, 1);
} else {
void (*libc_exit)(int) = (void(*)(int)) dlsym (RTLD_NEXT, "exit");
libc_exit(status);
}
}
#endif
int LLVMFuzzerTestOneInput(const uint8_t *data, size_t size)
{
static const char *argv[] = { "wget", "-q" };
if (size > 2048) // same as max_len = ... in .options file
return 0;
g_data = data;
g_size = size;
CLOSE_STDERR
do_jump = 1;
if (setjmp(jmpbuf))
goto done;
main_wget(sizeof(argv)/sizeof(argv[0]), argv);
done:
cleanup();
do_jump = 0;
RESTORE_STDERR
return 0;
}

195
fuzz/wget_options_fuzzer.dict Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
"--"
"no-"
"on"
"off"
"="
"PEM"
"DER"
"ASN1"
"INF"
"INFINITY"
"1"
"1k"
"1m"
"1g"
"1t"
"1s"
"1m"
"1h"
"1d"
"hard"
"soft"
"none"
"ipv4"
"ipv6"
"bar"
"posix"
"pcre"
"bytes"
"bits"
"human"
"csv"
"json"
"accept="
"accept-regex="
"adjust-extension="
"append-output="
"ask-password="
"auth-no-challenge="
"backup-converted="
"backups="
"base="
"bind-address="
"ca-certificate="
"cache="
"ca-directory="
"certificate="
"certificate-type="
"check-certificate="
"check-hostname="
"chunk-size="
"clobber="
"config="
"connect-timeout="
"content-disposition="
"content-on-error="
"continue="
"convert-links="
"cookies="
"cookie-suffixes="
"crl-file="
"cut-dirs="
"cut-file-get-vars="
"cut-url-get-vars="
"debug="
"default-page="
"delete-after="
"directories="
"directory-prefix="
"dns-caching="
"dns-timeout="
"domains="
"egd-file="
"exclude-domains="
"execute="
"filter-mime-type="
"filter-urls="
"follow-tags="
"force-atom="
"force-css="
"force-directories="
"force-html="
"force-metalink="
"force-progress="
"force-rss="
"force-sitemap="
"fsync-policy="
"gnupg-homedir="
"gnutls-options="
"header="
"help="
"host-directories="
"hpkp="
"hpkp-file="
"hsts="
"hsts-file="
"html-extension="
"http2="
"http2-request-window="
"http-keep-alive="
"http-password="
"http-proxy="
"http-proxy-password="
"http-proxy-user="
"https-enforce="
"https-only="
"https-proxy="
"http-user="
"ignore-case="
"ignore-tags="
"inet4-only="
"inet6-only="
"input-encoding="
"input-file="
"iri="
"keep-session-cookies="
"level="
"list-plugins="
"load-cookies="
"local-db="
"local-encoding="
"local-plugin="
"max-redirect="
"max-threads="
"metalink="
"mirror="
"netrc="
"netrc-file="
"no-quiet="
"ocsp="
"ocsp-file="
"ocsp-stapling="
"output-document="
"output-file="
"page-requisites="
"parent="
"password="
"plugin="
"plugin-dirs="
"plugin-help="
"plugin-opt="
"post-data="
"post-file="
"prefer-family="
"private-key="
"private-key-type="
"progress="
"protocol-directories="
"proxy="
"quiet="
"quota="
"random-file="
"random-wait="
"read-timeout="
"recursive="
"referer="
"regex-type="
"reject="
"reject-regex="
"remote-encoding="
"report-speed="
"restrict-file-names="
"robots="
"save-cookies="
"save-headers="
"secure-protocol="
"server-response="
"signature-extension="
"span-hosts="
"spider="
"stats-all="
"stats-dns="
"stats-ocsp="
"stats-server="
"stats-site="
"stats-tls="
"strict-comments="
"tcp-fastopen="
"timeout="
"timestamping="
"tls-false-start="
"tls-resume="
"tls-session-file="
"tries="
"trust-server-names="
"use-askpass="
"user="
"user-agent="
"use-server-timestamps="
"verbose="
"verify-save-failed="
"verify-sig="
"version="
"wait="
"waitretry="
"xattr="

204
fuzz/wget_read_hunk_fuzzer.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* This file is part of GNU Wget.
*
* GNU Wget is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GNU Wget is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with Wget. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h> // uint8_t
#include <stdio.h> // fmemopen
#include <string.h> // strncmp
#include <stdlib.h> // free
#include <unistd.h> // close
#include <fcntl.h> // open flags
#include <unistd.h> // close
#include <unistd.h> // close
#include "wget.h"
#include "connect.h"
#undef fopen_wgetrc
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "retr.h"
// declarations for wget internal functions
int main_wget(int argc, const char **argv);
void cleanup(void);
// FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
// FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
void exit_wget(int status);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "fuzzer.h"
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
return fopen("/dev/null", mode);
}
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
return NULL;
}
#ifdef FUZZING
void exit_wget(int status)
{
}
#endif
static const uint8_t *g_data;
static size_t g_size, g_read;
struct my_context {
int peeklen;
char peekbuf[512];
};
static int my_peek (int fd _GL_UNUSED, char *buf, int bufsize, void *arg)
{
if (g_read < g_size) {
struct my_context *ctx = (struct my_context *) arg;
int n = rand() % (g_size - g_read);
if (n > bufsize)
n = bufsize;
if (n > sizeof(ctx->peekbuf))
n = sizeof(ctx->peekbuf);
memcpy(buf, g_data + g_read, n);
memcpy(ctx->peekbuf, g_data + g_read, n);
g_read += n;
ctx->peeklen=n;
return n;
}
return 0;
}
static int my_read (int fd _GL_UNUSED, char *buf, int bufsize, void *arg)
{
struct my_context *ctx = (struct my_context *) arg;
if (ctx->peeklen) {
/* If we have any peek data, simply return that. */
int copysize = MIN (bufsize, ctx->peeklen);
memcpy (buf, ctx->peekbuf, copysize);
ctx->peeklen -= copysize;
if (ctx->peeklen)
memmove (ctx->peekbuf, ctx->peekbuf + copysize, ctx->peeklen);
return copysize;
}
if (g_read < g_size) {
int n = rand() % (g_size - g_read);
if (n > bufsize)
n = bufsize;
memcpy(buf, g_data + g_read, n);
g_read += n;
return n;
}
return 0;
}
static int my_write (int fd _GL_UNUSED, char *buf _GL_UNUSED, int bufsize, void *arg _GL_UNUSED)
{
return bufsize;
}
static int my_poll (int fd _GL_UNUSED, double timeout _GL_UNUSED, int wait_for _GL_UNUSED, void *arg)
{
struct my_context *ctx = (struct my_context *) arg;
return ctx->peeklen || g_read < g_size;
}
static const char *my_errstr (int fd _GL_UNUSED, void *arg _GL_UNUSED)
{
return "Success";
}
static void my_close (int fd _GL_UNUSED, void *arg _GL_UNUSED)
{
}
static struct transport_implementation my_transport =
{
my_read, my_write, my_poll,
my_peek, my_errstr, my_close
};
/* copied from wget's http.c */
static const char *
response_head_terminator (const char *start, const char *peeked, int peeklen)
{
const char *p, *end;
/* If at first peek, verify whether HUNK starts with "HTTP". If
not, this is a HTTP/0.9 request and we must bail out without
reading anything. */
if (start == peeked && 0 != memcmp (start, "HTTP", MIN (peeklen, 4)))
return start;
/* Look for "\n[\r]\n", and return the following position if found.
Start two chars before the current to cover the possibility that
part of the terminator (e.g. "\n\r") arrived in the previous
batch. */
p = peeked - start < 2 ? start : peeked - 2;
end = peeked + peeklen;
/* Check for \n\r\n or \n\n anywhere in [p, end-2). */
for (; p < end - 2; p++)
if (*p == '\n')
{
if (p[1] == '\r' && p[2] == '\n')
return p + 3;
else if (p[1] == '\n')
return p + 2;
}
/* p==end-2: check for \n\n directly preceding END. */
if (peeklen >= 2 && p[0] == '\n' && p[1] == '\n')
return p + 2;
return NULL;
}
int LLVMFuzzerTestOneInput(const uint8_t *data, size_t size)
{
char *hunk;
if (size > 4096) // same as max_len = ... in .options file
return 0;
// CLOSE_STDERR
g_data = data;
g_size = size;
g_read = 0;
struct my_context *ctx = calloc(1, sizeof(struct my_context));
fd_register_transport(99, &my_transport, ctx);
while ((hunk = fd_read_hunk(99, response_head_terminator, 512, 65536)))
free(hunk);
connect_cleanup();
free(ctx);
// RESTORE_STDERR
return 0;
}

90
fuzz/wget_robots_fuzzer.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2017-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* This file is part of GNU Wget.
*
* GNU Wget is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GNU Wget is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with Wget. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h> // opendir, readdir
#include <stdint.h> // uint8_t
#include <stdio.h> // fmemopen
#include <string.h> // strncmp
#include <stdlib.h> // free
#include <fcntl.h> // open flags
#include <unistd.h> // close
#include <setjmp.h> // longjmp, setjmp
#include "wget.h"
#undef fopen_wgetrc
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "res.h"
// declarations for wget internal functions
int main_wget(int argc, const char **argv);
void cleanup(void);
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
void exit_wget(int status);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "fuzzer.h"
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
return fopen("/dev/null", mode);
}
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
return NULL;
}
#ifdef FUZZING
void exit_wget(int status)
{
}
#endif
int LLVMFuzzerTestOneInput(const uint8_t *data, size_t size)
{
struct robot_specs *specs;
if (size > 4096) // same as max_len = ... in .options file
return 0;
CLOSE_STDERR
specs = res_parse((char *) data, (int) size);
if (!specs)
return 0;
res_match_path(specs, "a%ff%a");
res_register_specs("host", 80, specs);
res_cleanup();
RESTORE_STDERR
return 0;
}

105
fuzz/wget_url_fuzzer.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2017-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
*
* This file is part of GNU Wget.
*
* GNU Wget is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GNU Wget is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with Wget. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h> // uint8_t
#include <stdio.h> // fmemopen
#include <string.h> // strncmp
#include <stdlib.h> // free
#include <unistd.h> // close
#include <fcntl.h> // open flags
#include <unistd.h> // close
#include "wget.h"
#undef fopen_wgetrc
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "url.h"
// declarations for wget internal functions
int main_wget(int argc, const char **argv);
void cleanup(void);
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode);
void exit_wget(int status);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "fuzzer.h"
FILE *fopen_wget(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
return fopen("/dev/null", mode);
}
FILE *fopen_wgetrc(const char *pathname, const char *mode)
{
return NULL;
}
#ifdef FUZZING
void exit_wget(int status)
{
}
#endif
int LLVMFuzzerTestOneInput(const uint8_t *data, size_t size)
{
struct url *url;
struct iri iri;
char *in;
if (size > 4096) // same as max_len = ... in .options file
return 0;
CLOSE_STDERR
in = (char *) malloc(size + 1);
memcpy(in, data, size);
in[size] = 0;
iri.uri_encoding = (char *) "iso-8859-1";
iri.orig_url = NULL;
iri.utf8_encode = 0;
url = url_parse(in, NULL, &iri, 0);
url_free(url);
url = url_parse(in, NULL, &iri, 1);
url_free(url);
iri.utf8_encode = 1;
url = url_parse(in, NULL, &iri, 0);
url_free(url);
url = url_parse(in, NULL, &iri, 1);
url_free(url);
free(iri.orig_url);
free(in);
RESTORE_STDERR
return 0;
}

3915
lib/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4565
lib/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

17
lib/_Noreturn.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
#ifndef _Noreturn
# if (defined __cplusplus \
&& ((201103 <= __cplusplus && !(__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ == 7)) \
|| (defined _MSC_VER && 1900 <= _MSC_VER)))
# define _Noreturn [[noreturn]]
# elif ((!defined __cplusplus || defined __clang__) \
&& (201112 <= (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) \
|| 4 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)))
/* _Noreturn works as-is. */
# elif 2 < __GNUC__ + (8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C
# define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# elif 1200 <= (defined _MSC_VER ? _MSC_VER : 0)
# define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn)
# else
# define _Noreturn
# endif
#endif

52
lib/accept.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
/* accept.c --- wrappers for Windows accept function
Copyright (C) 2008-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paolo Bonzini */
#include <config.h>
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
/* Get winsock2.h. */
#include <sys/socket.h>
/* Get set_winsock_errno, FD_TO_SOCKET etc. */
#include "w32sock.h"
#undef accept
int
rpl_accept (int fd, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *addrlen)
{
SOCKET sock = FD_TO_SOCKET (fd);
if (sock == INVALID_SOCKET)
{
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
else
{
SOCKET fh = accept (sock, addr, addrlen);
if (fh == INVALID_SOCKET)
{
set_winsock_errno ();
return -1;
}
else
return SOCKET_TO_FD (fh);
}
}

213
lib/af_alg.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
/* af_alg.c - Compute message digests from file streams and buffers.
Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>, 2018. */
#include <config.h>
#if USE_LINUX_CRYPTO_API
#include "af_alg.h"
#include <unistd.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <linux/if_alg.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <sys/sendfile.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include "sys-limits.h"
#define BLOCKSIZE 32768
/* Return a newly created socket for ALG.
On error, return a negative error number. */
static int
alg_socket (char const *alg)
{
struct sockaddr_alg salg = {
.salg_family = AF_ALG,
.salg_type = "hash",
};
/* Copy alg into salg.salg_name, without calling strcpy nor strlen. */
for (size_t i = 0; (salg.salg_name[i] = alg[i]) != '\0'; i++)
if (i == sizeof salg.salg_name - 1)
/* alg is too long. */
return -EINVAL;
int cfd = socket (AF_ALG, SOCK_SEQPACKET | SOCK_CLOEXEC, 0);
if (cfd < 0)
return -EAFNOSUPPORT;
int ofd = (bind (cfd, (struct sockaddr *) &salg, sizeof salg) == 0
? accept4 (cfd, NULL, 0, SOCK_CLOEXEC)
: -1);
close (cfd);
return ofd < 0 ? -EAFNOSUPPORT : ofd;
}
int
afalg_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, const char *alg,
void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen)
{
/* On Linux < 4.9, the value for an empty stream is wrong (all zeroes).
See <https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9308641/>.
This was not fixed properly until November 2016,
see <https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9434741/>. */
if (len == 0)
return -EAFNOSUPPORT;
int ofd = alg_socket (alg);
if (ofd < 0)
return ofd;
int result;
for (;;)
{
ssize_t size = (len > BLOCKSIZE ? BLOCKSIZE : len);
if (send (ofd, buffer, size, MSG_MORE) != size)
{
result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
break;
}
buffer += size;
len -= size;
if (len == 0)
{
result = read (ofd, resblock, hashlen) == hashlen ? 0 : -EAFNOSUPPORT;
break;
}
}
close (ofd);
return result;
}
int
afalg_stream (FILE *stream, const char *alg,
void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen)
{
int ofd = alg_socket (alg);
if (ofd < 0)
return ofd;
/* If STREAM's size is known and nonzero and not too large, attempt
sendfile to pipe the data. The nonzero restriction avoids issues
with /proc files that pretend to be empty, and lets the classic
read-write loop work around an empty-input bug noted below. */
int fd = fileno (stream);
int result;
struct stat st;
off_t off = ftello (stream);
if (0 <= off && fstat (fd, &st) == 0
&& (S_ISREG (st.st_mode) || S_TYPEISSHM (&st) || S_TYPEISTMO (&st))
&& off < st.st_size && st.st_size - off < SYS_BUFSIZE_MAX)
{
/* Make sure the offset of fileno (stream) reflects how many bytes
have been read from stream before this function got invoked.
Note: fflush on an input stream after ungetc does not work as expected
on some platforms. Therefore this situation is not supported here. */
if (fflush (stream))
result = -EIO;
else
{
off_t nbytes = st.st_size - off;
if (sendfile (ofd, fd, &off, nbytes) == nbytes)
{
if (read (ofd, resblock, hashlen) == hashlen)
{
/* The input buffers of stream are no longer valid. */
if (lseek (fd, off, SEEK_SET) != (off_t)-1)
result = 0;
else
/* The file position of fd has not changed. */
result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
}
else
/* The file position of fd has not changed. */
result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
}
else
/* The file position of fd has not changed. */
result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
}
}
else
{
/* sendfile not possible, do a classic read-write loop. */
/* Number of bytes to seek (backwards) in case of error. */
off_t nseek = 0;
for (;;)
{
char buf[BLOCKSIZE];
/* When the stream is not seekable, start with a single-byte block,
so that we can use ungetc() in the case that send() fails. */
size_t blocksize = (nseek == 0 && off < 0 ? 1 : BLOCKSIZE);
ssize_t size = fread (buf, 1, blocksize, stream);
if (size == 0)
{
/* On Linux < 4.9, the value for an empty stream is wrong (all 0).
See <https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9308641/>.
This was not fixed properly until November 2016,
see <https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9434741/>. */
result = ferror (stream) ? -EIO : nseek == 0 ? -EAFNOSUPPORT : 0;
break;
}
nseek -= size;
if (send (ofd, buf, size, MSG_MORE) != size)
{
if (nseek == -1)
{
/* 1 byte of pushback buffer is guaranteed on stream, even
if stream is not seekable. */
ungetc ((unsigned char) buf[0], stream);
result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
}
else if (fseeko (stream, nseek, SEEK_CUR) == 0)
/* The position of stream has been restored. */
result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
else
result = -EIO;
break;
}
/* Don't assume that EOF is sticky. See:
<https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19476>. */
if (feof (stream))
{
result = 0;
break;
}
}
if (result == 0 && read (ofd, resblock, hashlen) != hashlen)
{
if (nseek == 0 || fseeko (stream, nseek, SEEK_CUR) == 0)
/* The position of stream has been restored. */
result = -EAFNOSUPPORT;
else
result = -EIO;
}
}
close (ofd);
return result;
}
#endif

115
lib/af_alg.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/* af_alg.h - Compute message digests from file streams and buffers.
Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>, 2018.
Documentation by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2018. */
/* Declare specific functions for computing message digests
using the Linux kernel crypto API, if available. This kernel API gives
access to specialized crypto instructions (that would also be available
in user space) or to crypto devices (not directly available in user space).
For a more complete set of facilities that use the Linux kernel crypto API,
look at libkcapi. */
#ifndef AF_ALG_H
# define AF_ALG_H 1
# include <stdio.h>
# include <errno.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
# if USE_LINUX_CRYPTO_API
/* Compute a message digest of a memory region.
The memory region starts at BUFFER and is LEN bytes long.
ALG is the message digest algorithm; see the file /proc/crypto.
RESBLOCK points to a block of HASHLEN bytes, for the result.
HASHLEN must be the length of the message digest, in bytes, in particular:
alg | hashlen
-------+--------
md5 | 16
sha1 | 20
sha224 | 28
sha256 | 32
sha384 | 48
sha512 | 64
If successful, fill RESBLOCK and return 0.
Upon failure, return a negated error number. */
int
afalg_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, const char *alg,
void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen);
/* Compute a message digest of data read from STREAM.
STREAM is an open file stream. The last operation on STREAM should
not be 'ungetc', and if STREAM is also open for writing it should
have been fflushed since its last write. Read from the current
position to the end of STREAM. Handle regular files efficiently.
ALG is the message digest algorithm; see the file /proc/crypto.
RESBLOCK points to a block of HASHLEN bytes, for the result.
HASHLEN must be the length of the message digest, in bytes, in particular:
alg | hashlen
-------+--------
md5 | 16
sha1 | 20
sha224 | 28
sha256 | 32
sha384 | 48
sha512 | 64
If successful, fill RESBLOCK and return 0.
Upon failure, return a negated error number.
Unless returning 0 or -EIO, restore STREAM's file position so that
the caller can fall back on some other method. */
int
afalg_stream (FILE *stream, const char *alg,
void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen);
# else
static inline int
afalg_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, const char *alg,
void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen)
{
return -EAFNOSUPPORT;
}
static inline int
afalg_stream (FILE *stream, const char *alg,
void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen)
{
return -EAFNOSUPPORT;
}
# endif
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif /* AF_ALG_H */

478
lib/alloca.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
(Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
There are some preprocessor constants that can
be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
The general concept of this implementation is to keep
track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
#include <config.h>
#include <alloca.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef emacs
# include "lisp.h"
# include "blockinput.h"
# ifdef EMACS_FREE
# undef free
# define free EMACS_FREE
# endif
#else
# define memory_full() abort ()
#endif
/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
# ifndef alloca
# ifdef emacs
# ifdef static
/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
-- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
in order to make unexec workable
*/
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
you
lose
-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for
old and obscure compilers. */
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
# endif /* static */
# endif /* emacs */
/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
long i00afunc ();
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
# else
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
# endif
/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
# define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
# endif
# if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
# define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
# else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
# define STACK_DIR stack_dir
static int
find_stack_direction (int *addr, int depth)
{
int dir, dummy = 0;
if (! addr)
addr = &dummy;
*addr = addr < &dummy ? 1 : addr == &dummy ? 0 : -1;
dir = depth ? find_stack_direction (addr, depth - 1) : 0;
return dir + dummy;
}
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
/* An "alloca header" is used to:
(a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
(b) keep track of stack depth.
It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
# ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
# define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
# endif
typedef union hdr
{
char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
struct
{
union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
} h;
} header;
static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
void *
alloca (size_t size)
{
auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
# if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
STACK_DIR = find_stack_direction (NULL, (size & 1) + 20);
# endif
/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
{
register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
# ifdef emacs
BLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
|| (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
{
register header *np = hp->h.next;
free (hp); /* Collect garbage. */
hp = np; /* -> next header. */
}
else
break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
# ifdef emacs
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
}
if (size == 0)
return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
/* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
{
/* Address of header. */
register header *new;
size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
memory_full ();
new = malloc (combined_size);
if (! new)
memory_full ();
new->h.next = last_alloca_header;
new->h.deep = depth;
last_alloca_header = new;
/* User storage begins just after header. */
return (void *) (new + 1);
}
}
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
# include <stdio.h>
# endif
# ifndef CRAY_STACK
# define CRAY_STACK
# ifndef CRAY2
/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
struct stack_control_header
{
long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */
long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */
long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */
long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */
};
/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack
grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial
part of the stack segment linkage control information is
0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage
for the routine which overflows the stack. */
struct stack_segment_linkage
{
long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */
long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */
long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */
long:32;
long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous
segment of stack. */
long:32;
long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */
long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for
microtasking. */
long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */
long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */
long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */
long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */
long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */
long ssa0;
long ssa1;
long ssa2;
long ssa3;
long ssa4;
long ssa5;
long ssa6;
long ssa7;
long sss0;
long sss1;
long sss2;
long sss3;
long sss4;
long sss5;
long sss6;
long sss7;
};
# else /* CRAY2 */
/* The following structure defines the vector of words
returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
struct stk_stat
{
long now; /* Current total stack size. */
long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would
be required to satisfy the maximum
stack demand to date. */
long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */
long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */
long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */
long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */
long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */
long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */
long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */
long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */
long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */
long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */
long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */
long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */
long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This
number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
include the fifteen word trailer area. */
long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */
long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */
};
/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is
out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */
struct stk_trailer
{
long this_address; /* Address of this block. */
long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include
this trailer). */
long unknown2;
long unknown3;
long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous
segment. */
long unknown5;
long unknown6;
long unknown7;
long unknown8;
long unknown9;
long unknown10;
long unknown11;
long unknown12;
long unknown13;
long unknown14;
};
# endif /* CRAY2 */
# endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
# ifdef CRAY2
/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
static long
i00afunc (long *address)
{
struct stk_stat status;
struct stk_trailer *trailer;
long *block, size;
long result = 0;
/* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first
step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this
more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
$LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */
STKSTAT (&status);
/* Set up the iteration. */
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+ status.current_size
- 15);
/* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is
a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */
if (trailer == NULL)
abort ();
/* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */
while (trailer != NULL)
{
block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
size = trailer->this_size;
if (block == NULL || size == 0)
abort ();
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
break;
}
/* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
of all predecessor segments. */
result = address - block;
if (trailer == NULL)
{
return result;
}
do
{
if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
abort ();
result += trailer->this_size;
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
}
while (trailer != NULL);
/* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one
not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably
not what you want. */
return (result);
}
# else /* not CRAY2 */
/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
for alloca. */
static long
i00afunc (long address)
{
long stkl = 0;
long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
long result = 0;
struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
/* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store
your registers on the stack and find that you are past
the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
area, which is what we are really interested in. */
stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
/* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
one has the address of the first word of the segment.
If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
nonzero. */
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
size = ssptr->sssize;
this_segment = stkl - size;
/* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not
contain the target address. */
while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
# endif
if (pseg == 0)
break;
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
this_segment = stkl - size;
}
result = address - this_segment;
/* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
a cycle somewhere. */
while (pseg != 0)
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
# endif
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
result += size;
}
return (result);
}
# endif /* not CRAY2 */
# endif /* CRAY */
# endif /* no alloca */
#endif /* not GCC 2 */

71
lib/alloca.in.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/* Memory allocation on the stack.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2019 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
means there is a real alloca function. */
#ifndef _GL_ALLOCA_H
#define _GL_ALLOCA_H
/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
Use of alloca should be avoided:
- inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
- in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
calling function returns,
- for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
request, the program just crashes.
*/
#ifndef alloca
# ifdef __GNUC__
/* Some version of mingw have an <alloca.h> that causes trouble when
included after 'alloca' gets defined as a macro. As a workaround, include
this <alloca.h> first and define 'alloca' as a macro afterwards. */
# if (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && @HAVE_ALLOCA_H@
# include_next <alloca.h>
# endif
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# elif defined _AIX
# define alloca __alloca
# elif defined _MSC_VER
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined __DECC && defined __VMS
# define alloca __ALLOCA
# elif defined __TANDEM && defined _TNS_E_TARGET
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *_alloca (unsigned short);
# pragma intrinsic (_alloca)
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined __MVS__
# include <stdlib.h>
# else
# include <stddef.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *alloca (size_t);
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _GL_ALLOCA_H */

26
lib/arg-nonnull.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
/* A C macro for declaring that specific arguments must not be NULL.
Copyright (C) 2009-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc. */
#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
# else
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
# endif
#endif

140
lib/arpa_inet.in.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
/* A GNU-like <arpa/inet.h>.
Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
#if @HAVE_FEATURES_H@
# include <features.h> /* for __GLIBC__ */
#endif
/* Gnulib's sys/socket.h is responsible for defining socklen_t (used below) and
for pulling in winsock2.h etc. under MinGW.
But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */
#ifndef __GLIBC__
# include <sys/socket.h>
#endif
/* On NonStop Kernel, inet_ntop and inet_pton are declared in <netdb.h>.
But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */
#if defined __TANDEM && !defined __GLIBC__
# include <netdb.h>
#endif
#if @HAVE_ARPA_INET_H@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ARPA_INET_H@
#endif
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
#if @GNULIB_INET_NTOP@
/* Converts an internet address from internal format to a printable,
presentable format.
AF is an internet address family, such as AF_INET or AF_INET6.
SRC points to a 'struct in_addr' (for AF_INET) or 'struct in6_addr'
(for AF_INET6).
DST points to a buffer having room for CNT bytes.
The printable representation of the address (in numeric form, not
surrounded by [...], no reverse DNS is done) is placed in DST, and
DST is returned. If an error occurs, the return value is NULL and
errno is set. If CNT bytes are not sufficient to hold the result,
the return value is NULL and errno is set to ENOSPC. A good value
for CNT is 46.
For more details, see the POSIX:2001 specification
<http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/inet_ntop.html>. */
# if @REPLACE_INET_NTOP@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef inet_ntop
# define inet_ntop rpl_inet_ntop
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (inet_ntop, const char *,
(int af, const void *restrict src,
char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (inet_ntop, const char *,
(int af, const void *restrict src,
char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt));
# else
# if !@HAVE_DECL_INET_NTOP@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (inet_ntop, const char *,
(int af, const void *restrict src,
char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
# endif
/* Need to cast, because on NonStop Kernel, the fourth parameter is
size_t cnt. */
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (inet_ntop, const char *,
(int af, const void *restrict src,
char *restrict dst, socklen_t cnt));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (inet_ntop);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef inet_ntop
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_INET_NTOP
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (inet_ntop, "inet_ntop is unportable - "
"use gnulib module inet_ntop for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_INET_PTON@
# if @REPLACE_INET_PTON@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef inet_pton
# define inet_pton rpl_inet_pton
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (inet_pton, int,
(int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (inet_pton, int,
(int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst));
# else
# if !@HAVE_DECL_INET_PTON@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (inet_pton, int,
(int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (inet_pton, int,
(int af, const char *restrict src, void *restrict dst));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (inet_pton);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef inet_pton
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_INET_PTON
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (inet_pton, "inet_pton is unportable - "
"use gnulib module inet_pton for portability");
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ARPA_INET_H */

274
lib/array-mergesort.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
/* Stable-sorting of an array using mergesort.
Copyright (C) 2009-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2009.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This file implements stable sorting of an array, using the mergesort
algorithm.
Worst-case running time for an array of length N is O(N log N).
Unlike the mpsort module, the algorithm here attempts to minimize not
only the number of comparisons, but also the number of copying operations.
Before including this file, you need to define
ELEMENT The type of every array element.
COMPARE A two-argument macro that takes two 'const ELEMENT *'
pointers and returns a negative, zero, or positive 'int'
value if the element pointed to by the first argument is,
respectively, less, equal, or greater than the element
pointed to by the second argument.
STATIC The storage class of the functions being defined.
Before including this file, you also need to include:
#include <stddef.h>
*/
/* Merge the sorted arrays src1[0..n1-1] and src2[0..n2-1] into
dst[0..n1+n2-1]. In case of ambiguity, put the elements of src1
before the elements of src2.
n1 and n2 must be > 0.
The arrays src1 and src2 must not overlap the dst array, except that
src1 may be dst[n2..n1+n2-1], or src2 may be dst[n1..n1+n2-1]. */
static void
merge (const ELEMENT *src1, size_t n1,
const ELEMENT *src2, size_t n2,
ELEMENT *dst)
{
for (;;) /* while (n1 > 0 && n2 > 0) */
{
if (COMPARE (src1, src2) <= 0)
{
*dst++ = *src1++;
n1--;
if (n1 == 0)
break;
}
else
{
*dst++ = *src2++;
n2--;
if (n2 == 0)
break;
}
}
/* Here n1 == 0 || n2 == 0 but also n1 > 0 || n2 > 0. */
if (n1 > 0)
{
if (dst != src1)
do
{
*dst++ = *src1++;
n1--;
}
while (n1 > 0);
}
else /* n2 > 0 */
{
if (dst != src2)
do
{
*dst++ = *src2++;
n2--;
}
while (n2 > 0);
}
}
/* Sort src[0..n-1] into dst[0..n-1], using tmp[0..n/2-1] as temporary
(scratch) storage.
The arrays src, dst, tmp must not overlap. */
STATIC void
merge_sort_fromto (const ELEMENT *src, ELEMENT *dst, size_t n, ELEMENT *tmp)
{
switch (n)
{
case 0:
return;
case 1:
/* Nothing to do. */
dst[0] = src[0];
return;
case 2:
/* Trivial case. */
if (COMPARE (&src[0], &src[1]) <= 0)
{
/* src[0] <= src[1] */
dst[0] = src[0];
dst[1] = src[1];
}
else
{
dst[0] = src[1];
dst[1] = src[0];
}
break;
case 3:
/* Simple case. */
if (COMPARE (&src[0], &src[1]) <= 0)
{
if (COMPARE (&src[1], &src[2]) <= 0)
{
/* src[0] <= src[1] <= src[2] */
dst[0] = src[0];
dst[1] = src[1];
dst[2] = src[2];
}
else if (COMPARE (&src[0], &src[2]) <= 0)
{
/* src[0] <= src[2] < src[1] */
dst[0] = src[0];
dst[1] = src[2];
dst[2] = src[1];
}
else
{
/* src[2] < src[0] <= src[1] */
dst[0] = src[2];
dst[1] = src[0];
dst[2] = src[1];
}
}
else
{
if (COMPARE (&src[0], &src[2]) <= 0)
{
/* src[1] < src[0] <= src[2] */
dst[0] = src[1];
dst[1] = src[0];
dst[2] = src[2];
}
else if (COMPARE (&src[1], &src[2]) <= 0)
{
/* src[1] <= src[2] < src[0] */
dst[0] = src[1];
dst[1] = src[2];
dst[2] = src[0];
}
else
{
/* src[2] < src[1] < src[0] */
dst[0] = src[2];
dst[1] = src[1];
dst[2] = src[0];
}
}
break;
default:
{
size_t n1 = n / 2;
size_t n2 = (n + 1) / 2;
/* Note: n1 + n2 = n, n1 <= n2. */
/* Sort src[n1..n-1] into dst[n1..n-1], scratching tmp[0..n2/2-1]. */
merge_sort_fromto (src + n1, dst + n1, n2, tmp);
/* Sort src[0..n1-1] into tmp[0..n1-1], scratching dst[0..n1-1]. */
merge_sort_fromto (src, tmp, n1, dst);
/* Merge the two half results. */
merge (tmp, n1, dst + n1, n2, dst);
}
break;
}
}
/* Sort src[0..n-1], using tmp[0..n-1] as temporary (scratch) storage.
The arrays src, tmp must not overlap. */
STATIC void
merge_sort_inplace (ELEMENT *src, size_t n, ELEMENT *tmp)
{
switch (n)
{
case 0:
case 1:
/* Nothing to do. */
return;
case 2:
/* Trivial case. */
if (COMPARE (&src[0], &src[1]) <= 0)
{
/* src[0] <= src[1] */
}
else
{
ELEMENT t = src[0];
src[0] = src[1];
src[1] = t;
}
break;
case 3:
/* Simple case. */
if (COMPARE (&src[0], &src[1]) <= 0)
{
if (COMPARE (&src[1], &src[2]) <= 0)
{
/* src[0] <= src[1] <= src[2] */
}
else if (COMPARE (&src[0], &src[2]) <= 0)
{
/* src[0] <= src[2] < src[1] */
ELEMENT t = src[1];
src[1] = src[2];
src[2] = t;
}
else
{
/* src[2] < src[0] <= src[1] */
ELEMENT t = src[0];
src[0] = src[2];
src[2] = src[1];
src[1] = t;
}
}
else
{
if (COMPARE (&src[0], &src[2]) <= 0)
{
/* src[1] < src[0] <= src[2] */
ELEMENT t = src[0];
src[0] = src[1];
src[1] = t;
}
else if (COMPARE (&src[1], &src[2]) <= 0)
{
/* src[1] <= src[2] < src[0] */
ELEMENT t = src[0];
src[0] = src[1];
src[1] = src[2];
src[2] = t;
}
else
{
/* src[2] < src[1] < src[0] */
ELEMENT t = src[0];
src[0] = src[2];
src[2] = t;
}
}
break;
default:
{
size_t n1 = n / 2;
size_t n2 = (n + 1) / 2;
/* Note: n1 + n2 = n, n1 <= n2. */
/* Sort src[n1..n-1], scratching tmp[0..n2-1]. */
merge_sort_inplace (src + n1, n2, tmp);
/* Sort src[0..n1-1] into tmp[0..n1-1], scratching tmp[n1..2*n1-1]. */
merge_sort_fromto (src, tmp, n1, tmp + n1);
/* Merge the two half results. */
merge (tmp, n1, src + n1, n2, src);
}
break;
}
}
#undef ELEMENT
#undef COMPARE
#undef STATIC

34
lib/asnprintf.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006, 2009-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "vasnprintf.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
char *
asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
char *result;
va_start (args, format);
result = vasnprintf (resultbuf, lengthp, format, args);
va_end (args);
return result;
}

39
lib/asprintf.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006-2007, 2009-2019 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#ifdef IN_LIBASPRINTF
# include "vasprintf.h"
#else
# include <stdio.h>
#endif
#include <stdarg.h>
int
asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int result;
va_start (args, format);
result = vasprintf (resultp, format, args);
va_end (args);
return result;
}

587
lib/base32.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,587 @@
/* base32.c -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Adapted from Simon Josefsson's base64 code by Gijs van Tulder.
*
* See also RFC 4648 <https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4648.txt>.
*
* Be careful with error checking. Here is how you would typically
* use these functions:
*
* bool ok = base32_decode_alloc (in, inlen, &out, &outlen);
* if (!ok)
* FAIL: input was not valid base32
* if (out == NULL)
* FAIL: memory allocation error
* OK: data in OUT/OUTLEN
*
* size_t outlen = base32_encode_alloc (in, inlen, &out);
* if (out == NULL && outlen == 0 && inlen != 0)
* FAIL: input too long
* if (out == NULL)
* FAIL: memory allocation error
* OK: data in OUT/OUTLEN.
*
*/
#include <config.h>
/* Get prototype. */
#include "base32.h"
/* Get malloc. */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Get UCHAR_MAX. */
#include <limits.h>
#include <string.h>
/* C89 compliant way to cast 'char' to 'unsigned char'. */
static unsigned char
to_uchar (char ch)
{
return ch;
}
/* Base32 encode IN array of size INLEN into OUT array of size OUTLEN.
If OUTLEN is less than BASE32_LENGTH(INLEN), write as many bytes as
possible. If OUTLEN is larger than BASE32_LENGTH(INLEN), also zero
terminate the output buffer. */
void
base32_encode (const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
char *restrict out, size_t outlen)
{
static const char b32str[32] =
"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ234567";
while (inlen && outlen)
{
*out++ = b32str[(to_uchar (in[0]) >> 3) & 0x1f];
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ = b32str[((to_uchar (in[0]) << 2)
+ (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[1]) >> 6 : 0))
& 0x1f];
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ =
(inlen
? b32str[(to_uchar (in[1]) >> 1) & 0x1f]
: '=');
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ =
(inlen
? b32str[((to_uchar (in[1]) << 4)
+ (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[2]) >> 4 : 0))
& 0x1f]
: '=');
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ =
(inlen
? b32str[((to_uchar (in[2]) << 1)
+ (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[3]) >> 7 : 0))
& 0x1f]
: '=');
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ =
(inlen
? b32str[(to_uchar (in[3]) >> 2) & 0x1f]
: '=');
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ =
(inlen
? b32str[((to_uchar (in[3]) << 3)
+ (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[4]) >> 5 : 0))
& 0x1f]
: '=');
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ = inlen ? b32str[to_uchar (in[4]) & 0x1f] : '=';
if (!--outlen)
break;
if (inlen)
inlen--;
if (inlen)
in += 5;
}
if (outlen)
*out = '\0';
}
/* Allocate a buffer and store zero terminated base32 encoded data
from array IN of size INLEN, returning BASE32_LENGTH(INLEN), i.e.,
the length of the encoded data, excluding the terminating zero. On
return, the OUT variable will hold a pointer to newly allocated
memory that must be deallocated by the caller. If output string
length would overflow, 0 is returned and OUT is set to NULL. If
memory allocation failed, OUT is set to NULL, and the return value
indicates length of the requested memory block, i.e.,
BASE32_LENGTH(inlen) + 1. */
size_t
base32_encode_alloc (const char *in, size_t inlen, char **out)
{
size_t outlen = 1 + BASE32_LENGTH (inlen);
/* Check for overflow in outlen computation.
*
* If there is no overflow, outlen >= inlen.
*
* TODO Is this a sufficient check? (See the notes in base64.c.)
*/
if (inlen > outlen)
{
*out = NULL;
return 0;
}
*out = malloc (outlen);
if (!*out)
return outlen;
base32_encode (in, inlen, *out, outlen);
return outlen - 1;
}
/* With this approach this file works independent of the charset used
(think EBCDIC). However, it does assume that the characters in the
Base32 alphabet (A-Z2-7) are encoded in 0..255. POSIX
1003.1-2001 require that char and unsigned char are 8-bit
quantities, though, taking care of that problem. But this may be a
potential problem on non-POSIX C99 platforms.
IBM C V6 for AIX mishandles "#define B32(x) ...'x'...", so use "_"
as the formal parameter rather than "x". */
#define B32(_) \
((_) == 'A' ? 0 \
: (_) == 'B' ? 1 \
: (_) == 'C' ? 2 \
: (_) == 'D' ? 3 \
: (_) == 'E' ? 4 \
: (_) == 'F' ? 5 \
: (_) == 'G' ? 6 \
: (_) == 'H' ? 7 \
: (_) == 'I' ? 8 \
: (_) == 'J' ? 9 \
: (_) == 'K' ? 10 \
: (_) == 'L' ? 11 \
: (_) == 'M' ? 12 \
: (_) == 'N' ? 13 \
: (_) == 'O' ? 14 \
: (_) == 'P' ? 15 \
: (_) == 'Q' ? 16 \
: (_) == 'R' ? 17 \
: (_) == 'S' ? 18 \
: (_) == 'T' ? 19 \
: (_) == 'U' ? 20 \
: (_) == 'V' ? 21 \
: (_) == 'W' ? 22 \
: (_) == 'X' ? 23 \
: (_) == 'Y' ? 24 \
: (_) == 'Z' ? 25 \
: (_) == '2' ? 26 \
: (_) == '3' ? 27 \
: (_) == '4' ? 28 \
: (_) == '5' ? 29 \
: (_) == '6' ? 30 \
: (_) == '7' ? 31 \
: -1)
static const signed char b32[0x100] = {
B32 (0), B32 (1), B32 (2), B32 (3),
B32 (4), B32 (5), B32 (6), B32 (7),
B32 (8), B32 (9), B32 (10), B32 (11),
B32 (12), B32 (13), B32 (14), B32 (15),
B32 (16), B32 (17), B32 (18), B32 (19),
B32 (20), B32 (21), B32 (22), B32 (23),
B32 (24), B32 (25), B32 (26), B32 (27),
B32 (28), B32 (29), B32 (30), B32 (31),
B32 (32), B32 (33), B32 (34), B32 (35),
B32 (36), B32 (37), B32 (38), B32 (39),
B32 (40), B32 (41), B32 (42), B32 (43),
B32 (44), B32 (45), B32 (46), B32 (47),
B32 (48), B32 (49), B32 (50), B32 (51),
B32 (52), B32 (53), B32 (54), B32 (55),
B32 (56), B32 (57), B32 (58), B32 (59),
B32 (60), B32 (61), B32 (62), B32 (63),
B32 (32), B32 (65), B32 (66), B32 (67),
B32 (68), B32 (69), B32 (70), B32 (71),
B32 (72), B32 (73), B32 (74), B32 (75),
B32 (76), B32 (77), B32 (78), B32 (79),
B32 (80), B32 (81), B32 (82), B32 (83),
B32 (84), B32 (85), B32 (86), B32 (87),
B32 (88), B32 (89), B32 (90), B32 (91),
B32 (92), B32 (93), B32 (94), B32 (95),
B32 (96), B32 (97), B32 (98), B32 (99),
B32 (100), B32 (101), B32 (102), B32 (103),
B32 (104), B32 (105), B32 (106), B32 (107),
B32 (108), B32 (109), B32 (110), B32 (111),
B32 (112), B32 (113), B32 (114), B32 (115),
B32 (116), B32 (117), B32 (118), B32 (119),
B32 (120), B32 (121), B32 (122), B32 (123),
B32 (124), B32 (125), B32 (126), B32 (127),
B32 (128), B32 (129), B32 (130), B32 (131),
B32 (132), B32 (133), B32 (134), B32 (135),
B32 (136), B32 (137), B32 (138), B32 (139),
B32 (140), B32 (141), B32 (142), B32 (143),
B32 (144), B32 (145), B32 (146), B32 (147),
B32 (148), B32 (149), B32 (150), B32 (151),
B32 (152), B32 (153), B32 (154), B32 (155),
B32 (156), B32 (157), B32 (158), B32 (159),
B32 (160), B32 (161), B32 (162), B32 (163),
B32 (132), B32 (165), B32 (166), B32 (167),
B32 (168), B32 (169), B32 (170), B32 (171),
B32 (172), B32 (173), B32 (174), B32 (175),
B32 (176), B32 (177), B32 (178), B32 (179),
B32 (180), B32 (181), B32 (182), B32 (183),
B32 (184), B32 (185), B32 (186), B32 (187),
B32 (188), B32 (189), B32 (190), B32 (191),
B32 (192), B32 (193), B32 (194), B32 (195),
B32 (196), B32 (197), B32 (198), B32 (199),
B32 (200), B32 (201), B32 (202), B32 (203),
B32 (204), B32 (205), B32 (206), B32 (207),
B32 (208), B32 (209), B32 (210), B32 (211),
B32 (212), B32 (213), B32 (214), B32 (215),
B32 (216), B32 (217), B32 (218), B32 (219),
B32 (220), B32 (221), B32 (222), B32 (223),
B32 (224), B32 (225), B32 (226), B32 (227),
B32 (228), B32 (229), B32 (230), B32 (231),
B32 (232), B32 (233), B32 (234), B32 (235),
B32 (236), B32 (237), B32 (238), B32 (239),
B32 (240), B32 (241), B32 (242), B32 (243),
B32 (244), B32 (245), B32 (246), B32 (247),
B32 (248), B32 (249), B32 (250), B32 (251),
B32 (252), B32 (253), B32 (254), B32 (255)
};
#if UCHAR_MAX == 255
# define uchar_in_range(c) true
#else
# define uchar_in_range(c) ((c) <= 255)
#endif
/* Return true if CH is a character from the Base32 alphabet, and
false otherwise. Note that '=' is padding and not considered to be
part of the alphabet. */
bool
isbase32 (char ch)
{
return uchar_in_range (to_uchar (ch)) && 0 <= b32[to_uchar (ch)];
}
/* Initialize decode-context buffer, CTX. */
void
base32_decode_ctx_init (struct base32_decode_context *ctx)
{
ctx->i = 0;
}
/* If CTX->i is 0 or 8, there are eight or more bytes in [*IN..IN_END), and
none of those eight is a newline, then return *IN. Otherwise, copy up to
4 - CTX->i non-newline bytes from that range into CTX->buf, starting at
index CTX->i and setting CTX->i to reflect the number of bytes copied,
and return CTX->buf. In either case, advance *IN to point to the byte
after the last one processed, and set *N_NON_NEWLINE to the number of
verified non-newline bytes accessible through the returned pointer. */
static char *
get_8 (struct base32_decode_context *ctx,
char const *restrict *in, char const *restrict in_end,
size_t *n_non_newline)
{
if (ctx->i == 8)
ctx->i = 0;
if (ctx->i == 0)
{
char const *t = *in;
if (8 <= in_end - *in && memchr (t, '\n', 8) == NULL)
{
/* This is the common case: no newline. */
*in += 8;
*n_non_newline = 8;
return (char *) t;
}
}
{
/* Copy non-newline bytes into BUF. */
char const *p = *in;
while (p < in_end)
{
char c = *p++;
if (c != '\n')
{
ctx->buf[ctx->i++] = c;
if (ctx->i == 8)
break;
}
}
*in = p;
*n_non_newline = ctx->i;
return ctx->buf;
}
}
#define return_false \
do \
{ \
*outp = out; \
return false; \
} \
while (false)
/* Decode eight bytes of base32-encoded data, IN, of length INLEN
into the output buffer, *OUT, of size *OUTLEN bytes. Return true if
decoding is successful, false otherwise. If *OUTLEN is too small,
as many bytes as possible are written to *OUT. On return, advance
*OUT to point to the byte after the last one written, and decrement
*OUTLEN to reflect the number of bytes remaining in *OUT. */
static bool
decode_8 (char const *restrict in, size_t inlen,
char *restrict *outp, size_t *outleft)
{
char *out = *outp;
if (inlen < 8)
return false;
if (!isbase32 (in[0]) || !isbase32 (in[1]) )
return false;
if (*outleft)
{
*out++ = ((b32[to_uchar (in[0])] << 3)
| (b32[to_uchar (in[1])] >> 2));
--*outleft;
}
if (in[2] == '=')
{
if (in[3] != '=' || in[4] != '=' || in[5] != '='
|| in[6] != '=' || in[7] != '=')
return_false;
}
else
{
if (!isbase32 (in[2]) || !isbase32 (in[3]))
return_false;
if (*outleft)
{
*out++ = ((b32[to_uchar (in[1])] << 6)
| (b32[to_uchar (in[2])] << 1)
| (b32[to_uchar (in[3])] >> 4));
--*outleft;
}
if (in[4] == '=')
{
if (in[5] != '=' || in[6] != '=' || in[7] != '=')
return_false;
}
else
{
if (!isbase32 (in[4]))
return_false;
if (*outleft)
{
*out++ = ((b32[to_uchar (in[3])] << 4)
| (b32[to_uchar (in[4])] >> 1));
--*outleft;
}
if (in[5] == '=')
{
if (in[6] != '=' || in[7] != '=')
return_false;
}
else
{
if (!isbase32 (in[5]) || !isbase32 (in[6]))
return_false;
if (*outleft)
{
*out++ = ((b32[to_uchar (in[4])] << 7)
| (b32[to_uchar (in[5])] << 2)
| (b32[to_uchar (in[6])] >> 3));
--*outleft;
}
if (in[7] != '=')
{
if (!isbase32 (in[7]))
return_false;
if (*outleft)
{
*out++ = ((b32[to_uchar (in[6])] << 5)
| (b32[to_uchar (in[7])]));
--*outleft;
}
}
}
}
}
*outp = out;
return true;
}
/* Decode base32-encoded input array IN of length INLEN to output array
OUT that can hold *OUTLEN bytes. The input data may be interspersed
with newlines. Return true if decoding was successful, i.e. if the
input was valid base32 data, false otherwise. If *OUTLEN is too
small, as many bytes as possible will be written to OUT. On return,
*OUTLEN holds the length of decoded bytes in OUT. Note that as soon
as any non-alphabet, non-newline character is encountered, decoding
is stopped and false is returned. If INLEN is zero, then process
only whatever data is stored in CTX.
Initially, CTX must have been initialized via base32_decode_ctx_init.
Subsequent calls to this function must reuse whatever state is recorded
in that buffer. It is necessary for when a octuple of base32 input
bytes spans two input buffers.
If CTX is NULL then newlines are treated as garbage and the input
buffer is processed as a unit. */
bool
base32_decode_ctx (struct base32_decode_context *ctx,
const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
char *restrict out, size_t *outlen)
{
size_t outleft = *outlen;
bool ignore_newlines = ctx != NULL;
bool flush_ctx = false;
unsigned int ctx_i = 0;
if (ignore_newlines)
{
ctx_i = ctx->i;
flush_ctx = inlen == 0;
}
while (true)
{
size_t outleft_save = outleft;
if (ctx_i == 0 && !flush_ctx)
{
while (true)
{
/* Save a copy of outleft, in case we need to re-parse this
block of four bytes. */
outleft_save = outleft;
if (!decode_8 (in, inlen, &out, &outleft))
break;
in += 8;
inlen -= 8;
}
}
if (inlen == 0 && !flush_ctx)
break;
/* Handle the common case of 72-byte wrapped lines.
This also handles any other multiple-of-8-byte wrapping. */
if (inlen && *in == '\n' && ignore_newlines)
{
++in;
--inlen;
continue;
}
/* Restore OUT and OUTLEFT. */
out -= outleft_save - outleft;
outleft = outleft_save;
{
char const *in_end = in + inlen;
char const *non_nl;
if (ignore_newlines)
non_nl = get_8 (ctx, &in, in_end, &inlen);
else
non_nl = in; /* Might have nl in this case. */
/* If the input is empty or consists solely of newlines (0 non-newlines),
then we're done. Likewise if there are fewer than 8 bytes when not
flushing context and not treating newlines as garbage. */
if (inlen == 0 || (inlen < 8 && !flush_ctx && ignore_newlines))
{
inlen = 0;
break;
}
if (!decode_8 (non_nl, inlen, &out, &outleft))
break;
inlen = in_end - in;
}
}
*outlen -= outleft;
return inlen == 0;
}
/* Allocate an output buffer in *OUT, and decode the base32 encoded
data stored in IN of size INLEN to the *OUT buffer. On return, the
size of the decoded data is stored in *OUTLEN. OUTLEN may be NULL,
if the caller is not interested in the decoded length. *OUT may be
NULL to indicate an out of memory error, in which case *OUTLEN
contains the size of the memory block needed. The function returns
true on successful decoding and memory allocation errors. (Use the
*OUT and *OUTLEN parameters to differentiate between successful
decoding and memory error.) The function returns false if the
input was invalid, in which case *OUT is NULL and *OUTLEN is
undefined. */
bool
base32_decode_alloc_ctx (struct base32_decode_context *ctx,
const char *in, size_t inlen, char **out,
size_t *outlen)
{
/* This may allocate a few bytes too many, depending on input,
but it's not worth the extra CPU time to compute the exact size.
The exact size is 5 * inlen / 8, minus one or more bytes if the
input is padded with one or more "=".
Dividing before multiplying avoids the possibility of overflow. */
size_t needlen = 5 * (inlen / 8) + 5;
*out = malloc (needlen);
if (!*out)
return true;
if (!base32_decode_ctx (ctx, in, inlen, *out, &needlen))
{
free (*out);
*out = NULL;
return false;
}
if (outlen)
*outlen = needlen;
return true;
}

60
lib/base32.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/* base32.h -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
Copyright (C) 2004-2006, 2009-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Adapted from Simon Josefsson's base64 code by Gijs van Tulder.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef BASE32_H
# define BASE32_H
/* Get size_t. */
# include <stddef.h>
/* Get bool. */
# include <stdbool.h>
/* This uses that the expression (n+(k-1))/k means the smallest
integer >= n/k, i.e., the ceiling of n/k. */
# define BASE32_LENGTH(inlen) ((((inlen) + 4) / 5) * 8)
struct base32_decode_context
{
unsigned int i;
char buf[8];
};
extern bool isbase32 (char ch) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
extern void base32_encode (const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
char *restrict out, size_t outlen);
extern size_t base32_encode_alloc (const char *in, size_t inlen, char **out);
extern void base32_decode_ctx_init (struct base32_decode_context *ctx);
extern bool base32_decode_ctx (struct base32_decode_context *ctx,
const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
char *restrict out, size_t *outlen);
extern bool base32_decode_alloc_ctx (struct base32_decode_context *ctx,
const char *in, size_t inlen,
char **out, size_t *outlen);
#define base32_decode(in, inlen, out, outlen) \
base32_decode_ctx (NULL, in, inlen, out, outlen)
#define base32_decode_alloc(in, inlen, out, outlen) \
base32_decode_alloc_ctx (NULL, in, inlen, out, outlen)
#endif /* BASE32_H */

75
lib/basename-lgpl.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2019 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <string.h>
/* Return the address of the last file name component of NAME. If
NAME has no relative file name components because it is a file
system root, return the empty string. */
char *
last_component (char const *name)
{
char const *base = name + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
char const *p;
bool saw_slash = false;
while (ISSLASH (*base))
base++;
for (p = base; *p; p++)
{
if (ISSLASH (*p))
saw_slash = true;
else if (saw_slash)
{
base = p;
saw_slash = false;
}
}
return (char *) base;
}
/* Return the length of the basename NAME. Typically NAME is the
value returned by base_name or last_component. Act like strlen
(NAME), except omit all trailing slashes. */
size_t
base_len (char const *name)
{
size_t len;
size_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
for (len = strlen (name); 1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]); len--)
continue;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && len == 1
&& ISSLASH (name[0]) && ISSLASH (name[1]) && ! name[2])
return 2;
if (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE && prefix_len
&& len == prefix_len && ISSLASH (name[prefix_len]))
return prefix_len + 1;
return len;
}

58
lib/basename.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2019 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "xalloc.h"
#include "xstrndup.h"
char *
base_name (char const *name)
{
char const *base = last_component (name);
size_t length;
/* If there is no last component, then name is a file system root or the
empty string. */
if (! *base)
return xstrndup (name, base_len (name));
/* Collapse a sequence of trailing slashes into one. */
length = base_len (base);
if (ISSLASH (base[length]))
length++;
/* On systems with drive letters, "a/b:c" must return "./b:c" rather
than "b:c" to avoid confusion with a drive letter. On systems
with pure POSIX semantics, this is not an issue. */
if (FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (base))
{
char *p = xmalloc (length + 3);
p[0] = '.';
p[1] = '/';
memcpy (p + 2, base, length);
p[length + 2] = '\0';
return p;
}
/* Finally, copy the basename. */
return xstrndup (base, length);
}

37
lib/binary-io.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
/* Binary mode I/O.
Copyright 2017-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#define BINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#include "binary-io.h"
#if defined __DJGPP__ || defined __EMX__
# include <errno.h>
# include <unistd.h>
int
__gl_setmode_check (int fd)
{
if (isatty (fd))
{
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
else
return 0;
}
#endif

81
lib/binary-io.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/* Binary mode I/O.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _BINARY_H
#define _BINARY_H
/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
O_BINARY is guaranteed by the gnulib <fcntl.h>. */
#include <fcntl.h>
/* The MSVC7 <stdio.h> doesn't like to be included after '#define fileno ...',
so we include it here first. */
#include <stdio.h>
#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#error "Please include config.h first."
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#ifndef BINARY_IO_INLINE
# define BINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_INLINE
#endif
#if O_BINARY
# if defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ || defined __CYGWIN__
# include <io.h> /* declares setmode() */
# define __gl_setmode setmode
# else
# define __gl_setmode _setmode
# undef fileno
# define fileno _fileno
# endif
#else
/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the only choice. */
/* Use a function rather than a macro, to avoid gcc warnings
"warning: statement with no effect". */
BINARY_IO_INLINE int
__gl_setmode (int fd _GL_UNUSED, int mode _GL_UNUSED)
{
return O_BINARY;
}
#endif
#if defined __DJGPP__ || defined __EMX__
extern int __gl_setmode_check (int);
#else
BINARY_IO_INLINE int
__gl_setmode_check (int fd _GL_UNUSED) { return 0; }
#endif
/* Set FD's mode to MODE, which should be either O_TEXT or O_BINARY.
Return the old mode if successful, -1 (setting errno) on failure.
Ordinarily this function would be called 'setmode', since that is
its name on MS-Windows, but it is called 'set_binary_mode' here
to avoid colliding with a BSD function of another name. */
BINARY_IO_INLINE int
set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode)
{
int r = __gl_setmode_check (fd);
return r != 0 ? r : __gl_setmode (fd, mode);
}
/* This macro is obsolescent. */
#define SET_BINARY(fd) ((void) set_binary_mode (fd, O_BINARY))
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
#endif /* _BINARY_H */

49
lib/bind.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
/* bind.c --- wrappers for Windows bind function
Copyright (C) 2008-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paolo Bonzini */
#include <config.h>
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
/* Get winsock2.h. */
#include <sys/socket.h>
/* Get set_winsock_errno, FD_TO_SOCKET etc. */
#include "w32sock.h"
#undef bind
int
rpl_bind (int fd, const struct sockaddr *sockaddr, socklen_t len)
{
SOCKET sock = FD_TO_SOCKET (fd);
if (sock == INVALID_SOCKET)
{
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
else
{
int r = bind (sock, sockaddr, len);
if (r < 0)
set_winsock_errno ();
return r;
}
}

39
lib/btowc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/* Convert unibyte character to wide character.
Copyright (C) 2008, 2010-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <wchar.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
wint_t
btowc (int c)
{
if (c != EOF)
{
char buf[1];
wchar_t wc;
buf[0] = c;
if (mbtowc (&wc, buf, 1) >= 0)
return wc;
}
return WEOF;
}

44
lib/byteswap.in.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/* byteswap.h - Byte swapping
Copyright (C) 2005, 2007, 2009-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Oskar Liljeblad <oskar@osk.mine.nu>, 2005.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GL_BYTESWAP_H
#define _GL_BYTESWAP_H
/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding to
X with reversed byte order. */
#define bswap_16(x) ((((x) & 0x00FF) << 8) | \
(((x) & 0xFF00) >> 8))
/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding to
X with reversed byte order. */
#define bswap_32(x) ((((x) & 0x000000FF) << 24) | \
(((x) & 0x0000FF00) << 8) | \
(((x) & 0x00FF0000) >> 8) | \
(((x) & 0xFF000000) >> 24))
/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding to
X with reversed byte order. */
#define bswap_64(x) ((((x) & 0x00000000000000FFULL) << 56) | \
(((x) & 0x000000000000FF00ULL) << 40) | \
(((x) & 0x0000000000FF0000ULL) << 24) | \
(((x) & 0x00000000FF000000ULL) << 8) | \
(((x) & 0x000000FF00000000ULL) >> 8) | \
(((x) & 0x0000FF0000000000ULL) >> 24) | \
(((x) & 0x00FF000000000000ULL) >> 40) | \
(((x) & 0xFF00000000000000ULL) >> 56))
#endif /* _GL_BYTESWAP_H */

316
lib/c++defs.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
/* C++ compatible function declaration macros.
Copyright (C) 2010-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
/* Begin/end the GNULIB_NAMESPACE namespace. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE {
# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE }
#else
# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE
#endif
/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
* For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
it exists:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if !@HAVE_FOO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
* For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if @REPLACE_FOO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef foo
# define foo rpl_foo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
* For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if @REPLACE_FOO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef foo
# define foo rpl_foo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
# else
# if !@HAVE_FOO@ or if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
*/
/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
performs the declaration with C linkage. */
#if defined __cplusplus
# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
#else
# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
#endif
/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
Example:
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
*/
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
Example:
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
*/
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
Wrapping rpl_func in an object with an inline conversion operator
avoids a reference to rpl_func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
actually used in the program. */
#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return ::rpl_func; \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
declaration. A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
that would otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>(::rpl_func); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
Wrapping func in an object with an inline conversion operator
avoids a reference to func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
actually used in the program. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return ::func; \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>(::func); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2. Two consecutive casts
are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
errors that would otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
/* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways. */
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>((rettype2 (*) parameters2)(::func)); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. func must be defined without overloaded
variants. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
/* To work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
# if !__OPTIMIZE__
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
"The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
"Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
extern __typeof__ (func) func
# else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
# endif
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
/* To work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
# if !__OPTIMIZE__
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
"The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
"Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
extern __typeof__ (func) func
# else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
# endif
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */

3
lib/c-ctype.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
#include <config.h>
#define C_CTYPE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#include "c-ctype.h"

366
lib/c-ctype.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
/* Character handling in C locale.
These functions work like the corresponding functions in <ctype.h>,
except that they have the C (POSIX) locale hardwired, whereas the
<ctype.h> functions' behaviour depends on the current locale set via
setlocale.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2006, 2008-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef C_CTYPE_H
#define C_CTYPE_H
#include <stdbool.h>
#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#error "Please include config.h first."
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#ifndef C_CTYPE_INLINE
# define C_CTYPE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
characters. */
#if (' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
&& ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
&& (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
&& ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
&& ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
&& ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
&& ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
&& ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
&& ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
&& ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
&& ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
&& ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
&& ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
&& ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
&& ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
&& ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
&& ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
&& ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
&& ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
&& ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
&& ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
&& ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
&& ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126)
/* The character set is ASCII or one of its variants or extensions, not EBCDIC.
Testing the value of '\n' and '\r' is not relevant. */
# define C_CTYPE_ASCII 1
#elif ! (' ' == '\x40' && '0' == '\xf0' \
&& 'A' == '\xc1' && 'J' == '\xd1' && 'S' == '\xe2' \
&& 'a' == '\x81' && 'j' == '\x91' && 's' == '\xa2')
# error "Only ASCII and EBCDIC are supported"
#endif
#if 'A' < 0
# error "EBCDIC and char is signed -- not supported"
#endif
/* Cases for control characters. */
#define _C_CTYPE_CNTRL \
case '\a': case '\b': case '\f': case '\n': \
case '\r': case '\t': case '\v': \
_C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL
/* ASCII control characters other than those with \-letter escapes. */
#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
# define _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL \
case '\x00': case '\x01': case '\x02': case '\x03': \
case '\x04': case '\x05': case '\x06': case '\x0e': \
case '\x0f': case '\x10': case '\x11': case '\x12': \
case '\x13': case '\x14': case '\x15': case '\x16': \
case '\x17': case '\x18': case '\x19': case '\x1a': \
case '\x1b': case '\x1c': case '\x1d': case '\x1e': \
case '\x1f': case '\x7f'
#else
/* Use EBCDIC code page 1047's assignments for ASCII control chars;
assume all EBCDIC code pages agree about these assignments. */
# define _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL \
case '\x00': case '\x01': case '\x02': case '\x03': \
case '\x07': case '\x0e': case '\x0f': case '\x10': \
case '\x11': case '\x12': case '\x13': case '\x18': \
case '\x19': case '\x1c': case '\x1d': case '\x1e': \
case '\x1f': case '\x26': case '\x27': case '\x2d': \
case '\x2e': case '\x32': case '\x37': case '\x3c': \
case '\x3d': case '\x3f'
#endif
/* Cases for lowercase hex letters, and lowercase letters, all offset by N. */
#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N(N) \
case 'a' + (N): case 'b' + (N): case 'c' + (N): case 'd' + (N): \
case 'e' + (N): case 'f' + (N)
#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N(N) \
_C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N(N): \
case 'g' + (N): case 'h' + (N): case 'i' + (N): case 'j' + (N): \
case 'k' + (N): case 'l' + (N): case 'm' + (N): case 'n' + (N): \
case 'o' + (N): case 'p' + (N): case 'q' + (N): case 'r' + (N): \
case 's' + (N): case 't' + (N): case 'u' + (N): case 'v' + (N): \
case 'w' + (N): case 'x' + (N): case 'y' + (N): case 'z' + (N)
/* Cases for hex letters, digits, lower, punct, and upper. */
#define _C_CTYPE_A_THRU_F \
_C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N (0): \
_C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N ('A' - 'a')
#define _C_CTYPE_DIGIT \
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': \
case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': \
case '8': case '9'
#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N (0)
#define _C_CTYPE_PUNCT \
case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': \
case '%': case '&': case '\'': case '(': \
case ')': case '*': case '+': case ',': \
case '-': case '.': case '/': case ':': \
case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': \
case '?': case '@': case '[': case '\\': \
case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`': \
case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~'
#define _C_CTYPE_UPPER _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N ('A' - 'a')
/* Function definitions. */
/* Unlike the functions in <ctype.h>, which require an argument in the range
of the 'unsigned char' type, the functions here operate on values that are
in the 'unsigned char' range or in the 'char' range. In other words,
when you have a 'char' value, you need to cast it before using it as
argument to a <ctype.h> function:
const char *s = ...;
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) *s)) ...
but you don't need to cast it for the functions defined in this file:
const char *s = ...;
if (c_isalpha (*s)) ...
*/
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isalnum (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isalpha (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
/* The function isascii is not locale dependent.
Its use in EBCDIC is questionable. */
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isascii (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
case ' ':
_C_CTYPE_CNTRL:
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isblank (int c)
{
return c == ' ' || c == '\t';
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_iscntrl (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_CNTRL:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isdigit (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isgraph (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_islower (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isprint (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
case ' ':
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_ispunct (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isspace (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\v': case '\f': case '\r':
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isupper (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isxdigit (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_A_THRU_F:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE int
c_tolower (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return c - 'A' + 'a';
default:
return c;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE int
c_toupper (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
return c - 'a' + 'A';
default:
return c;
}
}
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
#endif /* C_CTYPE_H */

56
lib/c-strcase.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* Case-insensitive string comparison functions in C locale.
Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2019 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef C_STRCASE_H
#define C_STRCASE_H
#include <stddef.h>
/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
characters. More precisely, one of the string arguments must be an ASCII
string; the other one can also contain non-ASCII characters (but then
the comparison result will be nonzero). */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Compare strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater
than S2. */
extern int c_strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
/* Compare no more than N characters of strings S1 and S2, ignoring case,
returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is
lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2. */
extern int c_strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* C_STRCASE_H */

56
lib/c-strcasecmp.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* c-strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator in C locale
Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006, 2009-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "c-strcase.h"
#include <limits.h>
#include "c-ctype.h"
int
c_strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
{
register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2)
return 0;
do
{
c1 = c_tolower (*p1);
c2 = c_tolower (*p2);
if (c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
return c1 - c2;
else
/* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
doesn't fit in an 'int'. */
return (c1 > c2 ? 1 : c1 < c2 ? -1 : 0);
}

181
lib/c-strcaseeq.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
/* Optimized case-insensitive string comparison in C locale.
Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2007, 2009-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
#include "c-strcase.h"
#include "c-ctype.h"
/* STRCASEEQ allows to optimize string comparison with a small literal string.
STRCASEEQ (s, "UTF-8", 'U','T','F','-','8',0,0,0,0)
is semantically equivalent to
c_strcasecmp (s, "UTF-8") == 0
just faster. */
/* Help GCC to generate good code for string comparisons with
immediate strings. */
#if defined (__GNUC__) && defined (__OPTIMIZE__)
/* Case insensitive comparison of ASCII characters. */
# if C_CTYPE_ASCII
# define CASEEQ(other,upper) \
(c_isupper (upper) ? ((other) & ~0x20) == (upper) : (other) == (upper))
# else
# define CASEEQ(other,upper) \
(c_toupper (other) == (upper))
# endif
static inline int
strcaseeq9 (const char *s1, const char *s2)
{
return c_strcasecmp (s1 + 9, s2 + 9) == 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq8 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[8], s28))
{
if (s28 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq9 (s1, s2);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq7 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[7], s27))
{
if (s27 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq8 (s1, s2, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq6 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[6], s26))
{
if (s26 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq7 (s1, s2, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq5 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[5], s25))
{
if (s25 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq6 (s1, s2, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq4 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[4], s24))
{
if (s24 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq5 (s1, s2, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq3 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[3], s23))
{
if (s23 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq4 (s1, s2, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq2 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[2], s22))
{
if (s22 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq3 (s1, s2, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq1 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[1], s21))
{
if (s21 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq2 (s1, s2, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq0 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s20, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[0], s20))
{
if (s20 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq1 (s1, s2, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
#define STRCASEEQ(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \
strcaseeq0 (s1, s2, s20, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28)
#else
#define STRCASEEQ(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \
(c_strcasecmp (s1, s2) == 0)
#endif

77
lib/c-strcasestr.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/* c-strcasestr.c -- case insensitive substring search in C locale
Copyright (C) 2005-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "c-strcasestr.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "c-ctype.h"
#include "c-strcase.h"
/* Two-Way algorithm. */
#define RETURN_TYPE char *
#define AVAILABLE(h, h_l, j, n_l) \
(!memchr ((h) + (h_l), '\0', (j) + (n_l) - (h_l)) \
&& ((h_l) = (j) + (n_l)))
#define CANON_ELEMENT c_tolower
#define CMP_FUNC(p1, p2, l) \
c_strncasecmp ((const char *) (p1), (const char *) (p2), l)
#include "str-two-way.h"
/* Find the first occurrence of NEEDLE in HAYSTACK, using case-insensitive
comparison from the C locale, regardless of the current locale. */
char *
c_strcasestr (const char *haystack_start, const char *needle_start)
{
const char *haystack = haystack_start;
const char *needle = needle_start;
size_t needle_len; /* Length of NEEDLE. */
size_t haystack_len; /* Known minimum length of HAYSTACK. */
bool ok = true; /* True if NEEDLE is prefix of HAYSTACK. */
/* Determine length of NEEDLE, and in the process, make sure
HAYSTACK is at least as long (no point processing all of a long
NEEDLE if HAYSTACK is too short). */
while (*haystack && *needle)
ok &= (c_tolower ((unsigned char) *haystack++)
== c_tolower ((unsigned char) *needle++));
if (*needle)
return NULL;
if (ok)
return (char *) haystack_start;
needle_len = needle - needle_start;
haystack = haystack_start + 1;
haystack_len = needle_len - 1;
/* Perform the search. Abstract memory is considered to be an array
of 'unsigned char' values, not an array of 'char' values. See
ISO C 99 section 6.2.6.1. */
if (needle_len < LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD)
return two_way_short_needle ((const unsigned char *) haystack,
haystack_len,
(const unsigned char *) needle_start,
needle_len);
return two_way_long_needle ((const unsigned char *) haystack, haystack_len,
(const unsigned char *) needle_start,
needle_len);
}
#undef LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD

36
lib/c-strcasestr.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
/* Case-insensitive searching in a string in C locale.
Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef C_STRCASESTR_H
#define C_STRCASESTR_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Find the first occurrence of NEEDLE in HAYSTACK, using case-insensitive
comparison. */
extern char *c_strcasestr (const char *haystack, const char *needle);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* C_STRCASESTR_H */

56
lib/c-strncasecmp.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* c-strncasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator in C locale
Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006, 2009-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "c-strcase.h"
#include <limits.h>
#include "c-ctype.h"
int
c_strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
{
register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2 || n == 0)
return 0;
do
{
c1 = c_tolower (*p1);
c2 = c_tolower (*p2);
if (--n == 0 || c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
return c1 - c2;
else
/* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
doesn't fit in an 'int'. */
return (c1 > c2 ? 1 : c1 < c2 ? -1 : 0);
}

514
lib/cdefs.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,514 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1992-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _SYS_CDEFS_H
#define _SYS_CDEFS_H 1
/* We are almost always included from features.h. */
#ifndef _FEATURES_H
# include <features.h>
#endif
/* The GNU libc does not support any K&R compilers or the traditional mode
of ISO C compilers anymore. Check for some of the combinations not
anymore supported. */
#if defined __GNUC__ && !defined __STDC__
# error "You need a ISO C conforming compiler to use the glibc headers"
#endif
/* Some user header file might have defined this before. */
#undef __P
#undef __PMT
#ifdef __GNUC__
/* All functions, except those with callbacks or those that
synchronize memory, are leaf functions. */
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6) && !defined _LIBC
# define __LEAF , __leaf__
# define __LEAF_ATTR __attribute__ ((__leaf__))
# else
# define __LEAF
# define __LEAF_ATTR
# endif
/* GCC can always grok prototypes. For C++ programs we add throw()
to help it optimize the function calls. But this works only with
gcc 2.8.x and egcs. For gcc 3.2 and up we even mark C functions
as non-throwing using a function attribute since programs can use
the -fexceptions options for C code as well. */
# if !defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (3, 3)
# define __THROW __attribute__ ((__nothrow__ __LEAF))
# define __THROWNL __attribute__ ((__nothrow__))
# define __NTH(fct) __attribute__ ((__nothrow__ __LEAF)) fct
# define __NTHNL(fct) __attribute__ ((__nothrow__)) fct
# else
# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
# define __THROW throw ()
# define __THROWNL throw ()
# define __NTH(fct) __LEAF_ATTR fct throw ()
# define __NTHNL(fct) fct throw ()
# else
# define __THROW
# define __THROWNL
# define __NTH(fct) fct
# define __NTHNL(fct) fct
# endif
# endif
#else /* Not GCC. */
# if (defined __cplusplus \
|| (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L))
# define __inline inline
# else
# define __inline /* No inline functions. */
# endif
# define __THROW
# define __THROWNL
# define __NTH(fct) fct
#endif /* GCC. */
/* Compilers that are not clang may object to
#if defined __clang__ && __has_extension(...)
even though they do not need to evaluate the right-hand side of the &&. */
#if defined __clang__ && defined __has_extension
# define __glibc_clang_has_extension(ext) __has_extension (ext)
#else
# define __glibc_clang_has_extension(ext) 0
#endif
/* These two macros are not used in glibc anymore. They are kept here
only because some other projects expect the macros to be defined. */
#define __P(args) args
#define __PMT(args) args
/* For these things, GCC behaves the ANSI way normally,
and the non-ANSI way under -traditional. */
#define __CONCAT(x,y) x ## y
#define __STRING(x) #x
/* This is not a typedef so `const __ptr_t' does the right thing. */
#define __ptr_t void *
/* C++ needs to know that types and declarations are C, not C++. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
# define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" {
# define __END_DECLS }
#else
# define __BEGIN_DECLS
# define __END_DECLS
#endif
/* Fortify support. */
#define __bos(ptr) __builtin_object_size (ptr, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 1)
#define __bos0(ptr) __builtin_object_size (ptr, 0)
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
# define __warndecl(name, msg) \
extern void name (void) __attribute__((__warning__ (msg)))
# define __warnattr(msg) __attribute__((__warning__ (msg)))
# define __errordecl(name, msg) \
extern void name (void) __attribute__((__error__ (msg)))
#else
# define __warndecl(name, msg) extern void name (void)
# define __warnattr(msg)
# define __errordecl(name, msg) extern void name (void)
#endif
/* Support for flexible arrays.
Headers that should use flexible arrays only if they're "real"
(e.g. only if they won't affect sizeof()) should test
#if __glibc_c99_flexarr_available. */
#if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !defined __HP_cc
# define __flexarr []
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
#elif __GNUC_PREREQ (2,97)
/* GCC 2.97 supports C99 flexible array members as an extension,
even when in C89 mode or compiling C++ (any version). */
# define __flexarr []
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
#elif defined __GNUC__
/* Pre-2.97 GCC did not support C99 flexible arrays but did have
an equivalent extension with slightly different notation. */
# define __flexarr [0]
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
#else
/* Some other non-C99 compiler. Approximate with [1]. */
# define __flexarr [1]
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 0
#endif
/* __asm__ ("xyz") is used throughout the headers to rename functions
at the assembly language level. This is wrapped by the __REDIRECT
macro, in order to support compilers that can do this some other
way. When compilers don't support asm-names at all, we have to do
preprocessor tricks instead (which don't have exactly the right
semantics, but it's the best we can do).
Example:
int __REDIRECT(setpgrp, (__pid_t pid, __pid_t pgrp), setpgid); */
#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
# define __REDIRECT(name, proto, alias) name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define __REDIRECT_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
name proto __THROW __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
# define __REDIRECT_NTHNL(name, proto, alias) \
name proto __THROWNL __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
# else
# define __REDIRECT_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias)) __THROW
# define __REDIRECT_NTHNL(name, proto, alias) \
name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias)) __THROWNL
# endif
# define __ASMNAME(cname) __ASMNAME2 (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, cname)
# define __ASMNAME2(prefix, cname) __STRING (prefix) cname
/*
#elif __SOME_OTHER_COMPILER__
# define __REDIRECT(name, proto, alias) name proto; \
_Pragma("let " #name " = " #alias)
*/
#endif
/* GCC has various useful declarations that can be made with the
`__attribute__' syntax. All of the ways we use this do fine if
they are omitted for compilers that don't understand it. */
#if !defined __GNUC__ || __GNUC__ < 2
# define __attribute__(xyz) /* Ignore */
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 2.96 development the `malloc' attribute
for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
(although this would be possible) since it generates warnings. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,96)
# define __attribute_malloc__ __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
#else
# define __attribute_malloc__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* Tell the compiler which arguments to an allocation function
indicate the size of the allocation. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)
# define __attribute_alloc_size__(params) \
__attribute__ ((__alloc_size__ params))
#else
# define __attribute_alloc_size__(params) /* Ignore. */
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 2.96 development the `pure' attribute
for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
(although this would be possible) since it generates warnings. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,96)
# define __attribute_pure__ __attribute__ ((__pure__))
#else
# define __attribute_pure__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* This declaration tells the compiler that the value is constant. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,5)
# define __attribute_const__ __attribute__ ((__const__))
#else
# define __attribute_const__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 3.1 development the `used' attribute
for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
(although this would be possible) since it generates warnings. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,1)
# define __attribute_used__ __attribute__ ((__used__))
# define __attribute_noinline__ __attribute__ ((__noinline__))
#else
# define __attribute_used__ __attribute__ ((__unused__))
# define __attribute_noinline__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* Since version 3.2, gcc allows marking deprecated functions. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,2)
# define __attribute_deprecated__ __attribute__ ((__deprecated__))
#else
# define __attribute_deprecated__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* Since version 4.5, gcc also allows one to specify the message printed
when a deprecated function is used. clang claims to be gcc 4.2, but
may also support this feature. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,5) || \
__glibc_clang_has_extension (__attribute_deprecated_with_message__)
# define __attribute_deprecated_msg__(msg) \
__attribute__ ((__deprecated__ (msg)))
#else
# define __attribute_deprecated_msg__(msg) __attribute_deprecated__
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 2.8 development the `format_arg' attribute
for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
(although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.
If several `format_arg' attributes are given for the same function, in
gcc-3.0 and older, all but the last one are ignored. In newer gccs,
all designated arguments are considered. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
# define __attribute_format_arg__(x) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (x)))
#else
# define __attribute_format_arg__(x) /* Ignore */
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 2.97 development the `strfmon' format
attribute for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it
unconditionally (although this would be possible) since it
generates warnings. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,97)
# define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) \
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__strfmon__, a, b)))
#else
# define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) /* Ignore */
#endif
/* The nonnull function attribute marks pointer parameters that
must not be NULL. Do not define __nonnull if it is already defined,
for portability when this file is used in Gnulib. */
#ifndef __nonnull
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,3)
# define __nonnull(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
# else
# define __nonnull(params)
# endif
#endif
/* If fortification mode, we warn about unused results of certain
function calls which can lead to problems. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,4)
# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ \
__attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
# if defined __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL && __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0
# define __wur __attribute_warn_unused_result__
# endif
#else
# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ /* empty */
#endif
#ifndef __wur
# define __wur /* Ignore */
#endif
/* Forces a function to be always inlined. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,2)
/* The Linux kernel defines __always_inline in stddef.h (283d7573), and
it conflicts with this definition. Therefore undefine it first to
allow either header to be included first. */
# undef __always_inline
# define __always_inline __inline __attribute__ ((__always_inline__))
#else
# undef __always_inline
# define __always_inline __inline
#endif
/* Associate error messages with the source location of the call site rather
than with the source location inside the function. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
# define __attribute_artificial__ __attribute__ ((__artificial__))
#else
# define __attribute_artificial__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used. Using __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
or __GNUC_GNU_INLINE is not a good enough check for gcc because gcc versions
older than 4.3 may define these macros and still not guarantee GNU inlining
semantics.
clang++ identifies itself as gcc-4.2, but has support for GNU inlining
semantics, that can be checked for by using the __GNUC_STDC_INLINE_ and
__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ macro definitions. */
#if (!defined __cplusplus || __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3) \
|| (defined __clang__ && (defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ \
|| defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__)))
# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ || defined __cplusplus
# define __extern_inline extern __inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
# define __extern_always_inline \
extern __always_inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
# else
# define __extern_inline extern __inline
# define __extern_always_inline extern __always_inline
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __extern_always_inline
# define __fortify_function __extern_always_inline __attribute_artificial__
#endif
/* GCC 4.3 and above allow passing all anonymous arguments of an
__extern_always_inline function to some other vararg function. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
# define __va_arg_pack() __builtin_va_arg_pack ()
# define __va_arg_pack_len() __builtin_va_arg_pack_len ()
#endif
/* It is possible to compile containing GCC extensions even if GCC is
run in pedantic mode if the uses are carefully marked using the
`__extension__' keyword. But this is not generally available before
version 2.8. */
#if !__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
# define __extension__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* __restrict is known in EGCS 1.2 and above. */
#if !__GNUC_PREREQ (2,92)
# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
# define __restrict restrict
# else
# define __restrict /* Ignore */
# endif
#endif
/* ISO C99 also allows to declare arrays as non-overlapping. The syntax is
array_name[restrict]
GCC 3.1 supports this. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,1) && !defined __GNUG__
# define __restrict_arr __restrict
#else
# ifdef __GNUC__
# define __restrict_arr /* Not supported in old GCC. */
# else
# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
# define __restrict_arr restrict
# else
/* Some other non-C99 compiler. */
# define __restrict_arr /* Not supported. */
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
# define __glibc_unlikely(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 0)
# define __glibc_likely(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 1)
#else
# define __glibc_unlikely(cond) (cond)
# define __glibc_likely(cond) (cond)
#endif
#ifdef __has_attribute
# define __glibc_has_attribute(attr) __has_attribute (attr)
#else
# define __glibc_has_attribute(attr) 0
#endif
#if (!defined _Noreturn \
&& (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) < 201112 \
&& !__GNUC_PREREQ (4,7))
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
# define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# else
# define _Noreturn
# endif
#endif
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (8, 0)
/* Describes a char array whose address can safely be passed as the first
argument to strncpy and strncat, as the char array is not necessarily
a NUL-terminated string. */
# define __attribute_nonstring__ __attribute__ ((__nonstring__))
#else
# define __attribute_nonstring__
#endif
#if (!defined _Static_assert && !defined __cplusplus \
&& (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) < 201112 \
&& (!__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6) || defined __STRICT_ANSI__))
# define _Static_assert(expr, diagnostic) \
extern int (*__Static_assert_function (void)) \
[!!sizeof (struct { int __error_if_negative: (expr) ? 2 : -1; })]
#endif
/* The #ifndef lets Gnulib avoid including these on non-glibc
platforms, where the includes typically do not exist. */
#ifndef __WORDSIZE
# include <bits/wordsize.h>
# include <bits/long-double.h>
#endif
#if defined __LONG_DOUBLE_MATH_OPTIONAL && defined __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH
# define __LDBL_COMPAT 1
# ifdef __REDIRECT
# define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT (name, proto, alias)
# define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) \
__LDBL_REDIR1 (name, proto, __nldbl_##name)
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
# define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) \
__LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __nldbl_##name)
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_DECL(name, alias) \
extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME (#alias));
# define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name) \
extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__nldbl_" #name));
# define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
__LDBL_REDIR1 (name, proto, __nldbl_##alias)
# define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
__LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __nldbl_##alias)
# endif
#endif
#if !defined __LDBL_COMPAT || !defined __REDIRECT
# define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) name proto
# define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) name proto
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) name proto __THROW
# define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) name proto __THROW
# define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name)
# ifdef __REDIRECT
# define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT (name, proto, alias)
# define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
__REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
# endif
#endif
/* __glibc_macro_warning (MESSAGE) issues warning MESSAGE. This is
intended for use in preprocessor macros.
Note: MESSAGE must be a _single_ string; concatenation of string
literals is not supported. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,8) || __glibc_clang_prereq (3,5)
# define __glibc_macro_warning1(message) _Pragma (#message)
# define __glibc_macro_warning(message) \
__glibc_macro_warning1 (GCC warning message)
#else
# define __glibc_macro_warning(msg)
#endif
/* Generic selection (ISO C11) is a C-only feature, available in GCC
since version 4.9. Previous versions do not provide generic
selection, even though they might set __STDC_VERSION__ to 201112L,
when in -std=c11 mode. Thus, we must check for !defined __GNUC__
when testing __STDC_VERSION__ for generic selection support.
On the other hand, Clang also defines __GNUC__, so a clang-specific
check is required to enable the use of generic selection. */
#if !defined __cplusplus \
&& (__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) \
|| __glibc_clang_has_extension (c_generic_selections) \
|| (!defined __GNUC__ && defined __STDC_VERSION__ \
&& __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L))
# define __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION 1
#else
# define __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION 0
#endif
#endif /* sys/cdefs.h */

83
lib/cloexec.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
/* cloexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
Copyright (C) 1991, 2004-2006, 2009-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The code is taken from glibc/manual/llio.texi */
#include <config.h>
#include "cloexec.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set.
Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
inherited into spawned children. Instead, either use dup_cloexec
followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
non-inheritable in the first place. */
int
set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value)
{
#ifdef F_SETFD
int flags = fcntl (desc, F_GETFD, 0);
if (0 <= flags)
{
int newflags = (value ? flags | FD_CLOEXEC : flags & ~FD_CLOEXEC);
if (flags == newflags
|| fcntl (desc, F_SETFD, newflags) != -1)
return 0;
}
return -1;
#else /* !F_SETFD */
/* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors; the cloexec flag
will be unaffected. */
if (desc < 0)
{
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
if (dup2 (desc, desc) < 0)
/* errno is EBADF here. */
return -1;
/* There is nothing we can do on this kind of platform. Punt. */
return 0;
#endif /* !F_SETFD */
}
/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
prior to exec or spawn. Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
be duplicated. */
int
dup_cloexec (int fd)
{
return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0);
}

38
lib/cloexec.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/* cloexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
Copyright (C) 2004, 2009-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <stdbool.h>
/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set.
Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
inherited into spawned children. Instead, either use dup_cloexec
followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
non-inheritable in the first place. */
int set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value);
/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
prior to exec or spawn. Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
be duplicated. */
int dup_cloexec (int fd);

71
lib/close.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/* close replacement.
Copyright (C) 2008-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include "fd-hook.h"
#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
# include "msvc-inval.h"
#endif
#undef close
#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
static int
close_nothrow (int fd)
{
int result;
TRY_MSVC_INVAL
{
result = close (fd);
}
CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
{
result = -1;
errno = EBADF;
}
DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
return result;
}
#else
# define close_nothrow close
#endif
/* Override close() to call into other gnulib modules. */
int
rpl_close (int fd)
{
#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
int retval = execute_all_close_hooks (close_nothrow, fd);
#else
int retval = close_nothrow (fd);
#endif
#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (retval >= 0)
_gl_unregister_fd (fd);
#endif
return retval;
}

56
lib/connect.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* connect.c --- wrappers for Windows connect function
Copyright (C) 2008-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paolo Bonzini */
#include <config.h>
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
/* Get winsock2.h. */
#include <sys/socket.h>
/* Get set_winsock_errno, FD_TO_SOCKET etc. */
#include "w32sock.h"
#undef connect
int
rpl_connect (int fd, const struct sockaddr *sockaddr, socklen_t len)
{
SOCKET sock = FD_TO_SOCKET (fd);
if (sock == INVALID_SOCKET)
{
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
else
{
int r = connect (sock, sockaddr, len);
if (r < 0)
{
/* EINPROGRESS is not returned by WinSock 2.0; for backwards
compatibility, connect(2) uses EWOULDBLOCK. */
if (WSAGetLastError () == WSAEWOULDBLOCK)
WSASetLastError (WSAEINPROGRESS);
set_winsock_errno ();
}
return r;
}
}

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More